Home

ES321 User Manual

1. Momentary C4081 Continue C4082 Toogle C4083 178 Enter End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 2 2 Set Output Interface Please scan the appropriate barcode to specify the output interface which is used to establish a Bluetooth connection Slave C41D1 TAA Master C41D2 Hid C41D3 TAA iOS C41D4 TAA A303 C41D5 WA A302 C41D6 7 4 2 3 Set Small Trigger Functionality Small Trigger is designed to perform various supplementary operations from initiating battery charge to switching to data transmission mode according to the length of time the button has been pressed To facilitate the associated operations with Small Trigger this parameter is available to specify the degree of Small Trigger s functionality Scan Disable label to specify Small Trigger will not provide any additional function On the other hand when Mem Tx is enabled the device is able to switch to data transmission mode by keeping holding Small Trigger long enough to trigger off a solid blue LED light By default Small Trigger is set for maximum functionality without limit Disable C4290 Enter 179 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes
2. 2 Scan MinLength barcode to set the minimum code length if necessary Otherwise skip Steps 2 4 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set its code length to be 2 scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan MaxLength barcode and then repeat Steps 3 4 to set the maximum code length if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 10 9 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of Codabar barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead DD4E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 259 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decima
3. Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan BtSppTxOtTime barcode to configure timeout parameter for SPP 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 2 to 255 For instance to set timeout period to 2 seconds then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 164 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 10 Set Retransmission Count for SPP To avoid data transmission loss messages sometimes have to be resent due to a failure to receive ACK signal This parameter allows you to configure the number of attempting retransmission if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces BtSppTxAckCnt AE9EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BtSppTxAckCnt barcode to configure timeout parameter for SPP Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set retransmission count to 1 then scan 1 to assign the specified decimal value sep Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration
4. Normal Event Vibrator is used to give a vibration signal whenever certain operations such as switching operation modes entering data transmission mode initiating Bluetooth pairing are initiated by using Scan Button or Small Trigger so that LED indicator accordingly changes its blinking frequency or color Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Normal Event Vibrator Enter 182 End AMAA Setting up your Operation Modes Disable C4620 Enable C4621 7 4 2 12 Enable Disable Good Read Buzzer Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Good Read Buzzer when a barcode is successfully decoded Disable C4500 Enable 4501 7 4 2 13 Enable Disable Warning Buzzer Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Warning Buzzer when an error occurs Disable C4510 Enable C4511 7 4 2 14 Enable Disable Mode Buzzer Normal Event Buzzer is used to give an acoustic signal whenever certain operations such as switching operation modes entering data transmission mode and initiating Bluetooth pairing are initiated by using Scan Button or Small Trigger so that LED indicator accordingly changes its blinking frequency or color Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Normal Event Buzzer Enter 183 End AMAT TCA A A
5. Enter 158 End NO Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 2 Enable Disable lt STX gt and lt ETX gt Escape Characters for SPP Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable lt STX gt and lt ETX gt escape characters for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces Regarding the more detailed configuration on escape characters please refer to Scanner Commands which is located in the section 6 3 of Chapter 6 None AE1A0 STX ETX E1A1 A 7 4 1 3 Enable Disable BAR and lt CMD gt Escape Characters for SPP Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable BAR and lt CMD gt escape characters for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces Regarding the more detailed configuration on escape characters please refer to Scanner Commands which is located in the section 6 3 of Chapter 6 Disable AE150 Enable AE151 7 4 1 4 Enable Disable Command Mode for SPP Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Command mode for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces Disable AE170 Enable AE171 Enter 159 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 5 Set Transfer Count for Time Delay for SPP This parameter allows you to specify the
6. Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BtBtPinCode barcode to configure Pincode parameter Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan desired decimal value barcodes representing the desired number which contains at most 8 digits For instance to set PIN code to be 1234 scan 1 2 3 and then 4 to assign the specified decimal value 1234 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 173 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 21 Set Bluetooth Address Mac Address information is required for the scanner to locate the Bluetooth devices except for Bluetooth dongle A302 A303 for establishment of a Bluetooth connection Please associate this parameter with the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth device BtMacAddr BOSFE Length 12 digits O F Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BtMacAddr barcode to configure Mac Address Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 12 characters in length For instance to set Bluetooth Address to be 001C97FEI6EC scan 0 0 1 C 9 7 F E 1 6 E and then C to assign the specified hexadecimal value 001C97FE16EC Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to
7. 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every RSS 14 Stacked symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 316 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 19 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 19 9 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos F36E0 AMAT MAA M Length 1 digit Range 0 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to sc
8. Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 12 9 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 12 8 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos Enter 275 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology InsOPosChar E58E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar E5AE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsO0PosChar barcode to specify the message co
9. Enter 311 End ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 18 9 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 18 8 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar F18b3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar F1AE3 Length 2 digits 312 Enter End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Sca
10. Footers refer to additional information which is appended to the decoded message while saved barcodes are transmitted in Memory mode Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to send out the footer information as part of transmitted data Disable A4700 Enter 79 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Editing General Settings 6 2 15 Enable Disable Serial Number Info in the Footer Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to send out serial number information as part of footer information Disable A4710 Enable A4711 6 2 16 Enable Disable Date and Time Info in the Footer Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to send out date information as part of footer information Disable A4720 Enable 4721 6 2 17 Enable Disable Record Count Info in the Footer Record count information refers to the total number of scanned barcodes Read the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to send out the record count as part of footer information Disable A4730 Enable A4731 6 2 18 Set Date amp Time Scan the below barcode to set up date and time on the scanner While associating the parameter with the preferred value please pay attention to the time and date format you specify separately in Section
11. Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan BtMacAddr barcode to configure Mac Address 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 12 characters in length For instance to set Bluetooth Address to be 001C97FEI6EC scan 0 0 1 C 9 7 F E 1 6 E and then C to assign the specified hexadecimal value 001C97FEI6EC 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 176 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 24 Set Machine Name for Dongle A302 A303 Machine Name refers to the name of scanner and serves as an identification name especially for Bluetooth dongle A302 303 to initiate the pairing process Scan the below barcode to specify the preferred machine name for the scanner BtDevName B34E6 Length 12 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan BtDevName barcode to configure the machine name 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 12 characters in length For instance to set the device name to be Scanner scan 5 2 5 4 2 0 5 3 6 3 6 1 6 E 6 E 6 5 7 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value
12. 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every RSS Expanded symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 320 End NO Configuring Symbology 8 20 7 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of RSS Expanded barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd F55E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every RSS Expanded
13. 192 Enter End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 3 12 Enable Disable Date Information Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit date information along with the decoded message Disable C6130 Enable C6131 7 4 3 13 Enable Disable Time Information Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit time information along with the decoded message Disable C6140 Enable C6141 7 4 3 14 Reject Same Scan the appropriate label to configure your scanner not to decode the barcode which is exactly the same to your previous scan Scan Enable label to avoid possibility of consecutively reading the same barcode twice by accident Otherwise by default the scanner will decode barcodes without leaving out those unqualified barcodes Disable C6200 Enable C6201 7 4 3 15 Enable Disable Barcode Verification Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable barcode verification mechanism which allows the decoder to decode the scanned data repetitively for better accuracy By default Enter 193 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes when the feature is enabled the device will verify the barcode one more time To secify the particular number of times for executing barcode verfication please refer to Section
14. Set Minimum Maximum Code Length MinLength and MaxLength parameters are used to define the minimux and maximum code length for Matrix 2 of 5 symbolgoy which enables to personalize the resulting decoded barcodes by beforehand filtering out the barcodes which fall out of range However depending on the value associated with two configurable parameters the interaction between the minimum and the maximum directly determines how the scanned data will be treated Plesase refer to the below chart for more detailed information Condition MaxLength MinLength 0 MinLength 0 and MaxLength is undefined MaxLength 0 and MinLength is undefined MinLength Max Length gt 0 MinLength MaxLength 0 MinLength 0 and MaxLength 0 MinLength E32E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter Descriptions The barcode of which the length has to fall within the range from MinLength to MaxLength will be decoded The barcode will be decoded only when its length is no less than MinLength The length of the decoded barcode has to be no more than MaxLength The barcode with the fixed length of MinLength or MaxLength will be decoded The barcode will be decoded on the condition that its length is equal to either MinLength or MaxLength No code length limit is enforced MaxLength Length 1 digit Range 0 255 End NOE C
15. Enter 2 5 2 7 49 QW a m Add a Device Allow a Device to Connect Show Bluetooth Devices Join a Personal Area Network Open Settings Remove Icon a M92 7 29 2014 If the similar dialogue box appears as the below figure suggests depending upon Bluetooth settings in your computer the mentioned dialogue box may not show up select Create a pairing code for me and then hit Next button If not skip to next step Enter the device s pairing code The device comes with pairing code Check for one on the device or in the device manual Cancel A message will appear to indicate the dongle and the scanner have been paired successfully Press down Close button to close Add a device dialogue box End Establish a Bluetooth Connection 3 2 CAProgram Files x86 Notepads v64 S bin minimalisi Record EM SO BAY BEN BABE BET ES AT HBS ABW oe 7814 AA ICA ajena Ej Recoris txt 1 WELCOME TO CANMAX 115 receive barcode data 3 6070702219905 Launch the existing text editing application to 4 3242212156 63 5 3449872156 0882 Enter 50 End Establish a Bluetooth Connection 5 2 4 iOS Connection Mode step Configure your scanner either using the utility program or scanning programming barcodes The primary advantage of using the utility program is to prevent the invalid configuration w
16. Ca are performed using USB HID interface When AlphaPad is enabled regardless of the status of Num Lock key on your keyboard the numeric symbols contained in the barcode data will be genuinely interpreted On the other hand scan Num Lock label to substitute arrow keys and Del PgUp PgDown keys for corresponding numeric keys to have effects on the decoded message when Num Lock is turned off AlphaPad ABO60 NumPad AB061 Enter 106 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 18 Enable Disable Caps Lock Emulation Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to use Shift keystroke to emulate Caps lock key if the associated operations are performed using USB HID interface Disable 70 7 2 1 19 Set IMEs for HID IME is a program which allows users to input different sets of characters derived from different languages Scan the appropriate barcode to specify active Input Method Editors if the associated operations are performed using USB HID interface AB1CO AB1C1 AB1C2 AB1C3 GR AB1C4 AB1C5 AB1C6 Enter 107 End NO Setting up your Operation Modes AB1C7 AB1C8 7 2 1 20 Set Transfer Count for Time Delay for HID This parameter allows you to specify the number of digits which has to be transmitted to i
17. OutBtStri Fl 1 12 Select Communication gt Download 1 13 Select Sync Offlink to complete the U Parm file to apply the customized configuration settings to the scanner Enter 54 GLLLIULALPCCSSEEABIAEAAEEAEAREERMPREEERER N A E A Barcode Scanner Setting Untied Barcode Scanner Setting USetting dat d File Sync Communication Help File Communication Help Download B Parm File ni PI Download U Parm File Download File ormai Link Upload B Parm File d Offlink Upload U Parm File Enable OutBt Key 1AndKeyOMode Upload Kernel File qme ae mem OutBtStr InitChgStat OutBtStr1 RE GetRTC V VibratorGoodRd PairingTime 90 1 Set RTC App BzWarringVol V VibratorWarning BzGoodRdFreq 27 AppStd V VibratorModeEvent BzGoodRdTme 10 Appstibar v AppMem V BzGoodRd 10 AppMemBar Iv Z BzWaring BarScanTime 5 AppBt V BzModeEvent BarldleTime 5 End Establish a Bluetooth Connection step 2 1 2 2 Initiate the process to pair the scanner with third party Bluetooth dongle Please switch to Bluetooth mode Choose one of two alternatives listed below to help you achieve the attempt When the current mode indicator does not flash blue please hold Scan Button long enough to have LED light turn a solid color Then after a release
18. Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit Symbolgoy ID e0 Disable F6050 Enable F6051 8 21 4 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Enter 324 End NOE Configuring Symbology Disable F6070 Enable F6071 8 21 5 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable F6060 Enable F6061 8 21 6 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of RSS Exapanded Stacked barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead F74E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 325 End AMAT TCA A AMAA Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to
19. Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Good Read Buzzer when a barcode is successfully decoded sable Enable BE501 7 3 1 13 Enable Disable Warning Buzzer Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Warning Buzzer when an error occurs Disable BE510 Enable BE511 7 3 1 14 Enable Disable Normal Event Buzzer Normal Event Buzzer is used to give an acoustic signal whenever certain operations such as switching operation modes entering data transmission mode and deleting all saved barcodes are initiated by using Scan Button or Small Trigger so that LED indicator accordingly changes its blinking frequency or color Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Normal Mode Buzzer Disable nable BE521 Enter 140 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 1 15 Set Data Transmission Unit Scan the appropriate barcode to specify data transmission unit which will determine how the scanned barcodes will be sent out from the barcode reader in data transit By default barcode data will be transmitted in batches alternatively scan 1By1 label to transmit single barcode data at a time by giving Scan Button a press Normal BE7CO 1By1 BE7C1 7 3 1 16 Deletion of Transmitted Data Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to delete saved barcode data in memory a
20. 7 4 2 7 Set Warning Buzzer Volume Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the volume of Warning Buzzer when an error occurs The higher level indicates the louder sound Level1 C4490 M MIN Level2 C4491 Level3 C4492 AMARI Level4 C4493 7 4 2 8 Set Normal Event Buzzer Volume Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the volume of Normal Event Buzzer when certain operations such as switching operation modes entering data transmission mode and initiating Bluetooth pairing are initiated by using Scan Button or Small Trigger so that LED indicator accordingly changes its blinking frequency or color The higher level indicates the louder sound Enter 181 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes Level1 C44A0 Level2 C44A1 TITLE Level3 C44A2 TIL TUE Level4 C44A3 7 4 2 9 Enable Disable Good Read Vibrator Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Good Read Vibrator when a barcode is successfully decoded Disable C4600 Enable C4601 7 4 2 10 Enable Disable Warning Vibrator Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Warning Vibrator when an error occurs Disable C4610 Enable C4611 7 4 2 11 Enable Disable Normal Event Vibrator
21. Enter 165 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 11 Set ACK timeout for SPP ACK timeout refers to the allotted time to elapse for the receipt of ACK signal before timeout is initiated This parameter allows you to specify the amount of time allocated for ACK timeout if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces BtSppTxAckTime AEAEO Length 1 digit Range 2 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan BtSppTxAckTime barcode to configure ACK timeout for SPP 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal values barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 2 to 255 For instance to set ACK timeout to be 3 seconds then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value seam 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 4 1 12 Set Caps Lock setting for HID This parameter provides the alternative to emulate Caps Lock which is a lock key to change the letter case of the typed alphabets Read either Caps Lock On or Caps Lock off label to initiate the inversion of the letter case However in this case the status of Caps Lock on your physical keyboard should be also taken into account As to the mutual interaction between Caps lock key on the keyboard and the capital settings please refer to the below char
22. 3 3 Configure Pin Code by scanning the 3 4 Configure Device Name by scanning the sequence of barcodes as the below sequence of barcodes as the below illustration shows illustration shows ENTER S ENTR ENTER S 6ENTR BtPinCode BOOE9 Scan the sequence of BtDevName 14 6 ALIE WII gt corresponding to the SET 9 6OK corresponding to the SET OK desired Device Name desired pincode from from Decimal Hexadecimal Decimal Hexadecimal Scan the sequence of barcodes V table in Appendix A ZEND ZEND table in Appendix A END END Using Utility Program 3 1 Please have your scanner connected to 3 3 Goto Control Panel Device Host PC using USB cable Manager The created virtual COM port 3 2 To create a virtual COM port for the would be found in Ports COM amp LPT utility to access your scanner Read group In the example COM4 is used as Enter label gt scan ISP barcode The the virtual COM port scanner will emit one long sound and six En short rapid sounds followed by two short m T3 slow sounds as a successful attempt ENTER ENTR AAAA V ISP ZISP Enter 39 splay adapters E ATA ATAPI controllers ther pointing devices letwork rts COM amp LPT Virtual COM Port s ices Universal Serial Bus controllers End Establi
23. 2 1 Please have your scanner switch to Bluetooth mode Choose one of two alternatives listed below to help you achieve the attempt gt When the current mode indicator does not flash blue please hold Scan Button long enough to have LED light turn a solid color Then after a release of Scan Button you can tell which operation mode it switches to by observing LED color Repeat the steps printed in bold if blue LED does not blink after releasing the Scan Button gt Scan the below barcode NTER S 6ENTR 5 Mode ZTOB 2 2 Pair your scanner with third party Bluetooth dongle by either of two options suggested below gt After holding small trigger till blue LED starts blinking rapidly press down Scan Button without releasing Small Trigger Then releasing Scan button and Small trigger at the same time will initiate the pairing process gt Scan the below barcode NTER S ENTR ZPAR IMPORTANT Please properly perform Step 2 1 and 2 2 to ensure the dongle is able to detect the scanner at any time While following the below steps to proceed with the configuration please make sure that scanner always stays in Bluetooth mode and awaits a Bluetooth connection by an indication of a steadily flashing blue light If the scanner is being put into sleep press down either Scan Button or Small Trigger once to wake up the scanner Enter 32 End NOE Establish a Bluetooth Connection 2 3 Secure third
24. Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BarldleTime barcode to configure idle duration Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set idle duration to be 3 seconds then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 145 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 1 24 Set Standby Duration After lengthy idleness the device will first be put into standby state in which the machine is still able to react to the emergent request yet running in lower power consumption This parameter refers to the amount of time allocated for the device to stay in standby before being totally shut down StandbyTime Length 1 digit Range 30 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StandbyTime barcode to configure idle duration Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 30 to 255 For instance to set Standby duration to be 30 seconds scan 3 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 30 Scan SET barcode to complete the v
25. Mem Tx C4292 Normal C4293 7 4 2 4 Set Composite Triggers Functionality Some supplementary functions are necessarily executed by using composite triggers though Scan Button primarily serves to scan barcodes and Small Trigger to initiate data transmission In Bluetooth mode Bluetooth paring is an extra function which can be initiated by pressing Small Trigger and Scan Button in a specified sequence described below while holding Small Trigger till the blue LED light starts flashing rapidly press down Scan Button at the same time and then release both buttons Scan the appropriate label to enable or disable pairing functionality Disable C4280 Pair C4281 7 4 2 5 Enable Disable Battery Charge Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to initiate battery charge whenever the device is well secured into host PC using an interface cable and switched to Bluetooth mode Disable C4300 Enable C4301 7 4 2 6 Set Good Read Buzzer Volume Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the volume of Good Read Buzzer when a barcode is decoded successfully The higher level indicates the louder sound Enter 180 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes Level1 C4480 ITNT ALA Level2 C4481 TAA Level3 C4482 DATA Level4 C4483
26. 0 and MaxLength is The barcode will be decoded only when its length is no less undefined than MinLength MaxLength gt 0 and MinLength is The length of the decoded barcode has to be no more than undefined MaxLength MinLength Max Length gt 0 The barcode with the fixed length of MinLength or MaxLength will be decoded MinLength MaxLength 0 The barcode will be decoded on the condition that its length is equal to either MinLength or MaxLength MinLength lt 0 and MaxLength lt 0 code length limit is enforced MinLength DF2EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 MaxLength DF3EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan MinLength barcode to set the minimum code length if necessary Otherwise skip Steps 2 4 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set its code length to be 2 scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan MaxLength barcode and then repeat Steps 3 4 to set the maximum code length if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 239 End ANTA Configuring Symbology 8 7 6 Remove Leading Characters Trunc
27. 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan MinLength barcode to set the minimum code length if necessary Otherwise skip Steps 2 4 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set its code length to be 2 scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan MaxLength barcode and then repeat Steps 3 4 to set the maximum code length if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 279 End ATA Configuring Symbology 8 13 6 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of Code 11 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead E74E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desire
28. 6 2 23 in Chapter 6 to further configure BarDbIConfirmCnt parameter Disable C6210 Enable C6211 7 4 3 16 Set Type of Case Conversion This parameter allows you to initiate letter case conversion which treats the decoded message as a whole and converts it between upper case and lower case according to the setting Scan the appropriate the label to specify the type of case conversion None C6380 Inverse C6381 MUNIN Lower C6382 Upper C6383 7 4 3 17 Set Delimiter Between Date Time Stamps and Barcdoe Data Delimiter refers to a specified character or a set of characters used to divide lengthy transit data into a group of data By associating the parameter with the valid value the specified delimiter will be interposed between timestamps and the decoded message to have transmitted data better formatted However to make sure this parameter functions properly please refer to Section 7 4 3 10 to enable the relevant delimiter parameter as well Enter 194 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes DelimiterChar C6BE2 Length 1 digit Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan DelimiterChar barcode to configure the delimiter Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 66 99 1 character in length
29. Barcode Scanner Setting USetting dat File Communication Help D Properties Link Offlink outst Key 1AndKeyOMode OutBtstro InitChgstat OutBtStr1 E App BzWarringVol AppStd AppStdBar v AppMem AppMemBar v AppBt AppBtBar Iv End step 4 1 4 2 4 3 Establish a Bluetooth Connection Initiate the process to pair the scanner with third party Bluetooth dongle Please switch to Bluetooth mode Choose one of two alternatives listed below to help you achieve the attempt When the current mode indicator does not flash blue please hold Scan Button long enough to have LED light turn a solid color Then after a release of Scan Button you can tell which operation mode it switches to by observing LED color Repeat the steps printed in bold if blue LED does not blink after releasing the Scan Button Scan the below barcode NTER S ENTR Mode ZTOB Pair your scanner with third party Bluetooth dongle by either of two options suggested below After holding small trigger til blue LED starts blinking rapidly press down Scan Button without releasing Small Trigger Then releasing Scan button and Small trigger at the same time will initiate the pairing process Scan the below barcode m When Bluetooth device is detected 4 4 In Add a device dialogue box correctly Bluetooth icon will appear on the enter the pairing code in Passcode field taskbar with a pop up message saying a Then h
30. Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 92 End ATA Setting up your Operation Modes setting up your Operation Modes In view of individuality of each operation mode this chapter presents the relevant parameters which you can configure depending on your usage habits in different modes in the hope that you always get comfortable operating ES321 Besides the features used to edit output data are also included in this chapter Before being exposed to the great details about their configurations you are suggested to first get a glimpse of the fundamental constituents of a complete output string Knowing its structure assuredly helps you to structure the scanned data in a highly readable form Enter 93 End HALLO M HANE EA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 1 Output String Structure On the whole a complete output string is composed of a couple of data fields starting with Preamble code followed in order by Prefix Code Code Name Code Data and Suffix Code ending with Postamble Code Except for Code Data filed as an indispensable and non configurable part of output data the rest are optional transmit elements which you can define on your terms The relevant configuration on the output formatting parameters will be elaborated in order throughout this chapter Take an output string lt 0 gt 20140610 39 1
31. Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Enter 304 End ANTA A Configuring Symbology Disable EE070 Enable EEO71 8 17 5 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable EEO60 Enable EE061 8 17 6 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of RSS 14 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead EFAEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every RSS 14 symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complet
32. 189 Enter End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 3 3 Enable Disable Prefix Code Prefix Code is a sequence of characters interposed between Preamble Code and barcode data during data transmission Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Prefix Code Disable C0020 Enable C0021 7 4 3 4 Enable Disable Suffix Code Suffix Code is a sequence of characters interposed between barcode data and Postamble Code during data transmission Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Suffix Code Disable C6030 Enable C0031 7 4 3 5 Enable Disable Code ID Code ID a user defined identification characters for symbologies normally precedes Barcode Data field during data transmission when the associated parameter is enabled Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Code ID Disable C6040 Enable C6041 190 Enter End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 3 6 Set Position of Code ID Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the position of Code ID you prefer to display as a part of transmitted data Scan Before label to prefix Code ID to barcode data whereas read After label to append Code ID to barcode data Before C6050 C6051 7 4 3 7 Enable Disable Barcode Length Info Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether
33. ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes exactly the same to your previous scans Scan Enable label to avoid possibility of consecutively reading the same barcode twice by accident Otherwise by default the scanner will decode barcodes without leaving out those unqualified barcodes Disable BA200 Enable BA201 7 2 3 16 Set Type of Case Conversion This parameter allows you to initiate letter case conversion which treats the decoded message as a whole and converts it between upper case and lower case according to the setting Scan the appropriate the label to specify the type of case conversion None BA380 MAE Inverse BA381 Lower BA382 DILE LITE r BA383 Uppe 7 2 3 17 Set Delimiter Between Time Date Stamps and Barcode Data Delimiter refers to a specified character or a set of characters used to divide lengthy transit data into a group of data By associating the parameter with the valid value the specified delimiter will be interposed between timestamps and the decoded message to have transmitted data better formatted However to make sure this parameter functions properly please refer to Section 7 2 3 10 to enable the relevant delimiter parameter as well Enter 129 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes DelimiterChar BABE2 Length 1 digit Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan D
34. Enter End ANTA Configuring Symbology 8 8 Industrial 2 of 5 8 8 1 Enable Disable Industrial 2 of 5 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable Industrial 2 of 5 Disable E0000 Enable E0001 8 8 2 Configure Checksum Type Checksum type determines the checksum algorithm which serves to detect if an error occurs during the decoding process Scan the appropriate barcode to examine whether or not the barcode continas the check digit and to further apply the related error detection mechanism to the scanned data Disable E0180 Enable E0181 8 8 3 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Disable E0070 Enable E0071 8 8 4 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan Enable label to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Enter 244 End ANNA Configuring Symbology Disable E0060 Enable E0061 Set Minimum Maximum Code Length MinLength and MaxLength parameters are used to define the minimux and maximum code length for Industrial 2 of 5 symbolgoy which enables to personalize the resulting decoded barcodes by beforehand filtering out the barcodes which fall out of range However depending on the value associated with two configurable parameters the interaction between the minimu
35. Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of Code 39 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead D94E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every Code 39 symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 6 10 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of Code 39 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd D95E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 2
36. 324 324 Table of Contents 8 21 2 TRANSMIT APPLICATION ID 324 8 21 3 TRANSMIT SYMBOLOGY ID 324 8 21 4 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 324 8 21 5 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 325 8 21 6 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 325 8 21 7 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 326 8 21 8 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 327 8 21 9 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 327 8 21 10 SET CODE ID FOR RSS EXPANDED STACKED 328 APPENDIX A 329 DECIMAL HEXADECIMAL TABLE 329 ASCII CODE TABLE 330 APPENDIX B 331 TEST CHART 331 XVI Important Notices 1 ah Important Notice In compliance with a number of International standards as well as reguations ES321 is a highly qualified product at the technical and safety level In this chapter enumerates the list of regulations which ES321 complies with for your reference Enter 1 End AAA Important Notices 1 1 FCC Compliance This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and
37. For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 11 12 Set Code ID for Code 128 A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for Codabar DBCE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for Code 128 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be 39 scan 3 3 3 and then 9 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 3339 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 269 End NOE Configuring Symbology 8 11 13 Set Sub Code ID for Code 128 A user defined Sub Code ID functions as an identity for some specific types of s
38. For instance to use character to break down the output string scan 3 first and then B to assign the hexadecimal value 3B Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 4 3 18 Set Delimiter Between Date and Time Stamps Delimiter refers to a specified character or a set of characters used to divide lengthy transit data into a group of data By associating the parameter with the valid value the specified delimiter will be interposed between date and time stamps to have transmitted data better formatted However to make sure this parameter functions properly please refer to Section 7 4 3 12 and Section 7 4 3 13 to enable date and time stamps as well DateTimeSpareChar C6AE2 Length 1 digit Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan DateTimeSpareChar barcode to configure the delimiter Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 66 99 1 character in length For instance to use character to break down the output string scan 3 first and then B to assign the hexadecimal value 3B Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 195 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 3 19 Set Preamble Code In the p
39. MinLength Max Length gt 0 MinLength gt MaxLength gt 0 MinLength lt 0 and MaxLength lt 0 MinLength EB2EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter HATTE Descriptions The barcode of which the length has to fall within the range from MinLength to MaxLength will be decoded The barcode will be decoded only when its length is no less than MinLength The length of the decoded barcode has to be no more than MaxLength The barcode with the fixed length of MinLength or MaxLength will be decoded The barcode will be decoded on the condition that its length is equal to either MinLength or MaxLength No code length limit is enforced MaxLength EB3EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 End NOE Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan MinLength barcode to set the minimum code length if necessary Otherwise skip Steps 2 4 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set its code length to be 2 scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan MaxLength barcode and then repeat Steps 3 4 to set the maximum code length if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 15 6
40. Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan SuffixChar barcode to configure Suffix Code 3 Please refer to ASCII Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 8 characters in length For instance to set suffix code to be EFGH scan 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 and then 8 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 45464748 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 157 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 Bluetooth Mode Please be advised the following parameters in this section simply works for the associated operations in Bluetooth mode Make sure that you appropriately conduct the operations using Bluetooth mode 7 4 1 Output Interface Options In terms of output interface options it is more about technical configuration regarding how you want barcode data to be transmitted between devices in Bluetooth mode before scanned barcode is further processed Properly configure your scanner according to the realistic situation will lead to satisfactory data transmission performance 1 Set Communication Protocol for SPP Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the communication protocol for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces None AE1CO 0x06 0x15 AE1C1 Ack Nak AE1C2
41. Retrieve Mac Address info on the side of 1 3 Configure Device Name by scanning the Bluetooth dongle A302 and then sequence of barcodes as the below configure Mac Address by scanning the illustration shows sequence of barcodes as the below ENTER S ENTR E AMAN ENTER S ENTR AMO Nn was barcodes Scan the sequence of v BtMacAddr B28FE corresponding to the barcodes SET 0 MMIC MINI C n corresponding to the 6 fi SET ZOK actual MAC address nS Decimal Hexadecimal RV DNE is eem mE ZEND table in Appendix A END Enter 66 End NO Establish a Bluetooth Connection Using Utility Program 1 1 1 2 Please have your scanner connected to Host PC using USB cable To create a virtual COM port for the utility to access your scanner Read Enter label gt scan ISP barcode The scanner will emit one long sound and six short rapid sounds followed by two short slow sounds as a successful attempt ENTER S ENTR ISP ZISP 1 4 Invoke the utility program located in Product CD EA Barcode Scanner Setting Untied s pem Be Sync Communication Help Osa al tote romo Serer 98 Coe sow J Headers Sw 4 FooterStrSw SysBriol Leves 7 MeaderSerhumSw DieCharsso 5 4 FooterSerNumSw COm Cher mso 4 HeaderDateSw BorCher asc 1
42. Set Code ID for RSS Expanded A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for RSS Expanded ID F5CE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 ScanID barcode to tailor Code ID for RSS Expanded to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be JP scan 4 A 5 and then 0 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4A50 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 323 End NOE Configuring Symbology 8 21 GS1 Databar Expanded Stacked RSS Expanded Stacked 8 21 1 Enable Disable RSS Expaned Stacked Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable RSS Expanded Stacked Disable F6000 Enable F6001 8 21 2 Transmit Application ID Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit Application ID 01 Disable F6040 Enable F6041 8 21 3 Transmit Symbology ID
43. TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of Industrial 2 of 5 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd E15E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every Industrial 2 of 5 symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 8 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 8 10 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Pl
44. ensure the current setting will not be overwritten In doing so Select Communication gt Upload U Parm File Download B Parm File Download U Parm File SetupStr Mode stdMemBt v Download Kernel File DateFmt wvvwMDD Upload B Parm File Upload U Parm File V SysVibrator TimeFmt HHMMSS 5 Upload Kernel File J sysaz Get RTC diem DcPlugstdMode StdMode Set RTC FooterStrsw SysBzVol Levela J HeaderSerNumSw DieChar asdi 10 V FooterSerNumSw CmdChar asd 13 After the upload process is done a message box will appear to indicate whether the operation is done successfully 1 6 Select Syne gt Link to link the scanner with the utility program Once the link is successfully established Link Property options in Sync menu will be greyed out and the status bar will show associated information ee Barcode Scanner Setting Untited File Sync Communication Help Properties Link Offlink OutBt Semero OutBtStro OutBtStr1 G App 7 SysBz 6 Barcode 1 8 As a Save as dialogue box pops up 53 specify the file name and click Save button Savein Bluetooth Setting amp tu A Name Date modified Type e 1000 dat 2014 3 17 FE 04i DAT File Recent Places 9310 dat
45. if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver B Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected 1 2 Conformity with Technical Regulations for specified radio equipment in Japan Certificate Number 204WW81000100 al 204WW81000100 T 1 3 National Communication Commission NCC Registration Number NCC RCB 05 Qualified serials number on device Enter 2 End Important Notices CCAF10LP15307T2 1 4 RoHS Compliance The RoHS directive mandates that producers of electrical or electronic equipment sold into Europe must minimize or eliminate the following materials from their design as they are considered health risks 1 Lead Mercury Cadmium Hexavalent Chromium Polybrominated biphenyls PBB Polybrominated biphenyl ethers PBDE 9v Ui dS 12 Committed to the environment CanMax Technology makes the necessary changes to our products in o
46. 13 7 2 2 14 7 2 2 15 Table of Contents Set Parity Check for SPP Set Communication Protocol for SPP Enable Disable STX and ETX Escape Characters for SPP Enable Disable BAR and lt CMD gt Escape Characters for SPP Enable Disable Command Mode for SPP Set Baud Rate for SPP Set Transfer Count for Time Delay for SPP Set Time Delay for a Digit for SPP Set Time Delay for a Record for SPP Set Time Delay for a Specified Digit for SPP Set Timeout for SPP Set Retransmission Count for SPP Set ACK Timeout for SPP Set Caps Lock setting for HID Enable Disable Num Lock for HID Enable Disable Caps Lock Emulation Set IMEs for HID Set Transfer Count for Time Delay for HID Set Time Delay for a Digit for HID Set Time Delay for a Record for HID Set Time Delay for a Specified Digit for SPP Set Timeout for SPP SCANNER OPTIONS Set Scan Mode Set Output Interface Set Small Trigger Functionality Set Composite Triggers Functionality Set Good Read Buzzer Volume Set Warning Buzzer Volume Set Normal Event Buzzer Volume Enable Disable Battery Charge Enable Disable Good Read Vibrator Enable Disable Warning Vibrator Enable Disable Normal Event Vibrator Enable Disable Good Read Buzzer Enable Disable Warning Buzzer Enable Disable Normal Event Buzzer Set Good Read Buzzer Frequency 96 96 97 97 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 105 106 107 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 113 113 114 114 115 115 116 1
47. 14 Stacked barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead F34E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 315 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every RSS 14 Stacked symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 19 7 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of RSS 14 Stacked barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd F35E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode
48. 16 Set Time Delay for a Digit for HID This parameter refers to the amount of elapsed time to delay transmitting a digit Please follow the below steps to set time delay for transmitting a digit for HID if the associated operations are performed using USB HID interface BtHidTxCharGapTime AFEEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1ms Enter 169 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BtHidTxCharGapTime barcode to configure delay time for a digit for HID Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to defer transmitting a digit for 0 2 seconds scan 2 0 and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 200 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 4 1 17 Set Time Delay for a Record for HID This parameter refers to the amount of elapsed time to delay transmitting a record Please follow the below steps to set time delay for transmitting a record if the associated operations are performed using USB HID interfaces BtHidTxGapTime AFFEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 10ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BtHidTxGapTime barcode to configure delay time for a record for HID Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the a
49. 2014 3 13 F 01 DAT File 1 0317 dat 2014 3 17 F 04 DAT File Bluetooth Setting dat 2011 10 7 4 05 DAT File Desktop _ Masster dat 2014 3 20 E5709 DAT File J Untitled dat 2014 3 19 F 05 DAT File Libraries 14 Computer Network name USettingldat Saveastype Param Files det x Upload File Success End Establish a Bluetooth Connection 1 10 Click on OutBtStr0 item of the tree view 1 11 In the tree view select App gt AppBt In the right panel select iOS OutType combo box Then click Save in the left panel Afterwards Configure in the BtPinCode and BtDevName according to your reference but associate icon on the toolbar to save your settings BtMacAddr with MAC address Scanner Setting Unttled 0 9 information of the Bluetooth device TOENA E serio oma which you look up in the computer Ben rcm tum KeytAndKeyoMode pair m KeyiMode Normal InitChgStat Enable BzGoodRdVol Level4 S App BzWarringvol levels BzModeEventvol EES Ng E M pee File Sync Communication Help m Dg ge Ub rte 0 Syste ii V BzGoodRd BarHiberateTime 10 dms BiPinCode 1234 a OutStd V BzWarning 5 ner BtMacAddr 0016778 ee outetstro BtDevName SmartBt
50. 4 CONVERT UPC E UPC A 8 3 5 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 3 6 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 3 7 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 3 8 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 3 9 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 3 10 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 3 11 SET CODE ID FOR UPC E 8 3 12 SETSUB CODE ID FOR UPC E 8 4 EAN 13 8 4 1 ENABLE DISABLE EAN 13 8 4 2 ENABLE DISABLE ADD ON CODE 8 4 3 SET OF ADD ON CODE 8 4 4 CONVERT EAN 13 ISBN ISSN 8 4 5 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 4 6 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 4 7 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 4 8 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 4 9 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 4 10 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 4 11 SET CODE ID FOR EAN 13 8 4 12 SETSUB CODE ID FOR EAN 13 8 5 EAN 8 Table of Contents 201 201 201 201 202 202 203 203 204 205 205 207 207 207 207 208 208 209 209 210 210 211 212 213 214 214 214 214 215 215 215 216 217 217 218 219 219 221 8 5 1 ENABLE DISABLE EAN 8 8 5 2 ENABLE DISABLE ADD ON CODE 8 5 3 SETTYPE OF ADD ON CODE 8 5 4 CONVERT EAN 8 TO EAN 13 8 5 5 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 5 6 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 5 7 REMOVE LEADING CHARATERS 8 5 8 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 5 9 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 5 10 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 5 11 SET CODE ID FOR EAN 8 8 5 12 SETSUB CODE ID FOR EAN 8 8 6 CODE 39 8 6 1 ENABLE DISABLE CODE 39 8 6 2 SET OF CODE 39 8 6
51. 5254205363616E6E6572 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 177 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 2 Scanner Options A selection of scanner options from setting button functions to adjusting the buzzer volume and vibrator is offered to personalize the device to suit your usage habits 7 4 2 1 Set Scan Mode Scan Mode refers to how the scanner reacts to the scanned barcode By default Scan Mode is set to be Momentary In this case LED light will stay on as long as Scan button is pressed down and automatically turn off once Scan Button is released or a barcode is scanned However with Good Read Off settings LED will remain lit for a specified period of time with a release of the pressed Scan Button and afterwards dim only when the barcode is successfully decoded or the timeout period expires In Continue Scan Mode the device will continuously send out light till the cable is unplugged after Scan Button is pressed down and then released Scan Toogle label if you intend to gain more flexibility in when to read a barcdoe A press on Scan Button will lead in switching on the light whereas either a successful decoding of a barcode or giving it another press correrspondingly switches off the light Please scan the appropriate label to determine your preferred scan mode GoodReadOff C4080
52. A encoding standards When the conversion function in Section 8 3 4 is enabled the device will send out Sub Code ID rather than the original Code ID as part of transmited data Sub ID D3EE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Sub ID barcode to tailor Code ID for UPC E to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be Au scan 4 1 7 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4175 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 213 End ANTA Configuring Symbology 8 4 EAN 13 8 4 1 Enable Disable EAN 13 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable EAN 13 Disable D4000 Enable D4001 8 4 2 Enable Disable Add On Code Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable an Add on code Disable D4010 Enable 4011 D 8 4 3 Set Type of Add On Code An add on code is a special symbol used to carry extra messages as a supplement to the barcode itself The variations of an Add on code for EAN 13 symbology provided here primarily vary in its own length Addon 2 refers t
53. ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified deciaml value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 4 10 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 4 9 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar D58E3 UIA amata GEHE e MITA Length 2 digits 218 Enter End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to
54. C0021 7 3 2 4 Enable Disable Suffix Code Suffix Code is a sequence of characters interposed between barcode data and Postamble Code during data transmission Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Suffix Code Disable C0030 Enable C0031 7 3 2 5 Enable Disable Code ID Code ID a user defined identification characters for symbologies normally precedes Barcode Data field during data transmission when the associated parameter is enabled Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Code ID Disable C0040 Enable C0041 Enter 148 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 2 6 Set Position of Code ID Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the position of Code ID you prefer to display as a part of transmitted data Scan Before label to prefix Code ID to barcode data whereas read After label to append Code ID to barcode data Before C0050 Aft C0051 e r 7 3 2 7 Enable Disable Barcode Length Info Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to send out length information of scanned barcode as part of transmitted data If Enabled length info will be prefixed to decoded barcode Disable C0060 Enable C0061 7 3 2 8 Enable Disable Symbology Name Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit symbology name informa
55. CHARACTERS 8 11 10 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 11 11 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 11 12 SET CODE ID FOR CODE 128 8 11 13 SET SUB CODE ID FOR CODE 128 8 12 CODE 93 8 12 1 ENABLE DISABLE CODE 93 8 12 2 CONFIGURE CHECKSUM TYPE 8 12 3 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 12 4 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 12 5 SET MINIMUM MAXIMUM CODE LENGTH 8 12 6 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 12 7 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 12 8 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 12 9 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 12 10 SET CODE ID FOR CODE 93 8 13 CODE 11 8 13 1 ENABLE DISABLE CODE 11 8 13 2 CONFIGURE CHECKSUM TYPE 8 13 3 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 13 4 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 13 5 SET MINIMUM MAXIMUM CODE LENGTH 8 13 6 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 13 7 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 13 8 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 13 9 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 13 10 SET CODE ID FOR CODE 11 8 14 MSI 8 14 1 ENABLE DISABLE MSI 8 14 2 CONFIGURE CHECKSUM TYPE 8 14 3 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT XIII 263 263 264 264 264 265 266 267 268 268 269 270 271 271 271 271 272 272 273 274 275 275 276 277 277 277 277 278 278 280 280 281 282 282 284 284 284 284 8 14 4 8 14 5 8 14 6 8 14 7 8 14 8 8 14 9 8 14 10 SET CODE ID FOR MSI 8 15 PLESSEY 8 15 1 8 15 2 8 15 3 8 15 4 8 15 5 8 15 6 8 15 7 8 15 8 8 15 9 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS SET MINIMUM MAXIMUM CODE LENGTH REMOVE LEADING
56. COM interfaces StdSppTxGapTime AAFEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 10ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StdSppTxGapTime barcode to configure delay time for a record for SPP Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to defer transmitting a record for 0 2 seconds scan 2 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 20 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 101 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 12 Set Time Delay for a Specified Digit for SPP This parameter refers to the amount of elapsed time to delay transmitting a specified character Please follow the below steps to set time delay variable for a specified digit for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces StdSppTxExtTime AABEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StdSppTxExtTime barcode to configure delay time for a specified digit for SPP Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal values barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to defer transmitting a specified digit for 1 second scan 1 to
57. Disable Time Information Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit time information along with the decoded message Disable C0140 Enable C0141 7 3 2 14 Reject Same Scan the appropriate label to configure your scanner not to decode the barcode which is exactly the same to your previous scan Scan Enable label to avoid possibility of consecutively reading the same barcode twice by accident Otherwise by default the scanner will decode barcodes without leaving out those unqualified barcodes Disable C0200 Enable C0201 151 Enter End ATA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 2 15 Enable Disable Barcode Verification Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable barcode verification mechanism which allows the decoder to decode the scanned data repetitively for better accuracy By default when the feature is enabled the device will verify the barcode one more time To secify the particular number of times for executing barcode verfication please refer to Section 6 2 23 in Chapter 6 to further configure BarDbIConfirmCnt parameter Disable C0210 Enable C0211 7 3 2 16 Set Type of Case Conversion This parameter allows you to initiate letter case conversion which treats the decoded message as a whole and converts it between uppe
58. During the charging process if red color LED indicator keeps flashing rapidly terminate the charging and return the scanner to authorized dealers Once battery leakage or abnormal odor occurs terminate the current operation and return the scanner to authorized dealers B Once batteries leak avoid contact with skins or eyes To clean up the battery leakage rinse the affected parts with fresh water and consult the doctor immediately Enter 4 End AMAA Introduction 2 lntroduction Using this introductory chapter you will grasp physical aspects of ES321 with regard to the product appearance and specification On top of it the sections for Manual Page layout will enable you to locate the topics of your interest through the manal more efficiently Enter 5 End AAA Introduction 2 1 Product Features ES321 the simple and functional design and preserves its connection diversity using Bluetooth Technolgy Furthermore it expands configuraiton setttings to the level users are given much flexibility to well personalize the barcode scanner according their needs From its lightweight product design through operational usability to functional versatility the scanner of three in one multi fucntionality is defninitley a select scanner to enhance your working effeciency as we have long committed ouselves to 2 2 Product Specification Model NO ES321 Wireless Series Main Battery Operation 8000 scans in Bluet
59. Hz Enter 118 End AMAIA CA A ANIA A Setting up your Operation Modes Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BzGoodRdFreq barcode to configure Good Read buzzer frequency Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set Good Read buzzer frequency to 10000 Hz scan 1 0 and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 100 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 2 2 16 Set Good Read Buzzer Duration Please follow the below steps to specify the length of time the device keeps emitting a sound when a barcode is decoded successfully BzGoodRdTime B99EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 10ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BzGoodRdTime barcode to configure Good Read Buzzer duration Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set Good Read buzzer duration for 0 2 seconds scan 2 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 20 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 119 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 2 17 Set Good Read Vibrator D
60. Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every EAN 13 symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 4 9 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 4 10 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that InsO0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos D56E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Ins1Pos 057 0 Length 1 digit Range 0 Enter 217 End AMAA Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to
61. Strap USB Cable Solution CD USB Power Supply Optional Dongle Bluetooth Module Browse Solution CD to locate the foolowing how to references for troubleshooting problems in using ES321 Quick Start User Manual ISP Driver for Windows OS Utility Program Enter 7 End Introduction 2 2 4 Supported Symbology Symbology Enabled Disabled UPC A Enabled UPC E Enabled EAN 13 Enabled EAN 8 Enabled Code 39 Enabled Interleaved 2 of 5 Disabled Industrial 2 of 5 Disabled Matrix 2 of 5 Disabled Codabar NW7 Enabled Code 128 Enabled Code 93 Disabled Code 11 Disabled BarMsi Disabled BartPlessey Disabled Telepen Disabled BarRss14 Disabled BarRSsLimit Disabled BarRSSStk Disabled BarRSSExp Disabled BarRSSExpStk Disabled UPC A Enabled UPC E Enabled EAN 13 Enabled EAN 8 Enabled Code 39 Enabled Interleaved 2 of 5 Disabled Industrial 2 of 5 Disabled Matrix 2 of 5 Disabled Codabar NW7 Enabled Code 128 Enabled Code 93 Disabled Enter 8 End Introduction 2 5 Product Overview Jd D Press down Scan Button to decode or store the barcode Q Press down Small Trigger to perform versatile supplementary functions For instance pressing the key will lead to erasing barcode data which have been previously decoded in Memory Mode it also works to pair the scanner with the Bluet
62. Suffix Code and barcode data as a user defined string to format the output data However Postamble Code not simply works like Suffix Code to better format the transmitted messages but to precisely describe it expects to emulate line terminators to break transmission line Consequently it is strongly suggested to associate this configurable parameter with equivalent ASCII code value for line terminators Please follow the below steps to configure Postamble Code Enter 196 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes PostambleChar C6EE3 Length 2 digits Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan PostambleChar barcode to configure Postamble Code Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set postamble code to be lt CR gt lt LF gt scan 0 D 0 and then A to assign the specified hexadecimal value ODOA Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 4 3 21 Set Prefix Code In the process of transmitting data Prefix Code is normally interposed between Preamble Code and barcode data as a user defined string to format the output data It seems that Preamble Code and Prefix Code both provide exactly the same formatting function but in
63. Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be IM scan 4 9 4 and then D to assign the specified hexadecimal value 494D Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 308 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 18 GS1 Databar Limited RSS Limited 8 18 1 Enable Disable RSS Limited Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable RSS Limited Disable FOOOO Enable FOOO1 8 18 2 Transmit Application ID Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit Application ID 01 Disable F0040 Enable F0041 8 18 3 Transmit Symbology ID Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit Symbolgoy ID e0 Disable F0050 Enable F0051 8 18 4 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Disable F0070 Enter 309 End ATA Configuring Symbology Enable F0071 8 18 5 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading
64. The barcode with the fixed length of MinLength or MaxLength will be decoded MinLength MaxLength 0 The barcode will be decoded on the condition that its length is equal to either MinLength or MaxLength MinLength lt 0 and MaxLength lt 0 code length limit is enforced MinLength 92 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 MaxLength E93E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan MinLength barcode to set the minimum code length if necessary Otherwise skip Steps 2 4 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set its code length to be 2 scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan MaxLength barcode and then repeat Steps 3 4 to set the maximum code length if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 14 6 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend Enter 286 End NANT CA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology to remove forwards from the start of MSI barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barco
65. assign the specified decimal value 1 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 102 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 13 Set Timeout for SPP Timeout is initiated when the device keeps waiting for an event to occur and thus remains idle for a period of time during the data transmission This parameter allows you to specify the amount of time to elapse before timeout is officially triggered Please follow the below steps to configure the timeout period for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces StdSppTxOtTime AACEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StdSppTxOtTime barcode to configure timeout parameter for SPP Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal values barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set the timeout period to 1 second then scan 1 to assign the specified decimal value 1 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 103 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 14 Set Retransmission Count for SPP To avoid data transmission loss messages sometimes have to be resent due to a failure to receive ACK signal
66. at work Before reading the below barcodes please scan Enter label first to ensure a successful configuration Cable A40CO Memory A40C1 Enter 21 End NO 4 Quick Start 4 2 2 Output Interface in Cable Mode After scanning Enter barcode specify which output interface the device works with in Cable mode USB HID B81D1 USB COM B81D2 RS232 B81D3 4 3 Basic Scanner Operations You can perform most of below basic operations by either scanning the barcode sequences or using the button triggers 4 3 1 Mode Switch Button Trigger Keep holding Scan Button till the LED light turns from a rapidly blinking color into a solid color After a release of Scan Button you by observing the LED light colors can learn which operation mode your scanner is switched to Scan Sequence After reading ENTER label scan the below appropriate barcode to switch to the desired operation mode To Cable Mode ZTOS To BT Mode ZTOB To Mem Mode ZTOM od Enter 22 End AMAA 4 Quick Start 4 3 2 Transmit All Barcode Data Button Trigger 1 Secure the interface cable to both the barcode reader and the Host PC Open the preferred word
67. barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every Code 128 symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 267 End AMAA Configuring Symbology 8 11 10 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 11 11 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos DB6EO DMN instPos 7 LUE NM Length 1 digit Range 0 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadec
68. barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 6 13 Set Code ID for Code 39 A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for Code 39 ID D9CE3 Length 2 digits Enter 235 End ANTA Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for EAN 8 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be Au scan 4 1 7 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4175 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 6 14 SetSub Code ID for Code 39 A user
69. be greyed out and the status bar will show associated information 1 7 Before configuring your scanner you 1 8 As a Save as dialogue box pops up need to upload the scanner status first to specify the file name and click Save ensure the current setting will not be button overwritten In doing so Select Communication Upload U Parm File Savein j Bluetooth Setting omm Gs Name z Date modified Type ay 1000 dat 2014 3 17 F 04 DAT File ane Recent Places 30310 dat 2014 3 13 FF 0l DAT File SE 0 2014 3 17 F 04 DAT File s _ Bluetooth Setting dat 2011 10 7 F 05 DAT File BowkedU Turn tie Desktop _ Masster dat 2014 3 20 09 DAT File Meme 1 Untitled dat 2014 3 19 F 05 DAT File Upload B Parm File ial Upload U Parm File e 5 Upload Kernel File 3 B Get RTC ee Computer Set RTC 7 m un Network Fle name USettingldat Save astype Param Files dat Cancel 1 9 After the upload process is done a message box will appear to indicate whether the operation 15 done successfully Enter 68 End Establish a Bluetooth Connection 1 10 Click on OutBtStr1 item of the tree view in the left panel Afterwards Configure BtDevName according to your reference but associate BtMacAddr with MAC address information which is clearly marked on the side of Bluetooth dongle A303 In this example the MA
70. better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 2 9 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that InsOPos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos 016 0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Ins1Pos 017 0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configurations if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 204 End ANTA Configuring Symbology 8 2 9 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you asso
71. defined Sub Code ID functions as an identity for some specific types of symbologies to verify whether or not its exclusive feature is enabled In the case of Code 39 it is necessary to configure Code 39 Type to be Full ASCII and Code 39 Format to be either Code 32 or Code 32 with A if Sub Code ID is expected to be part of transmitted data While Sub Code ID for Code 39 is configured well please also properly setting up the related features in Section 8 6 2 and 8 6 3 to have the configurable pararmeter come into effect Sub ID D9EE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Sub ID barcode to tailor Code ID for Code 39 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be Au scan 4 1 7 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4175 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 236 End AMAA Configuring Symbology 8 7 Interleaved 2 of 5 8 7 1 Enable Disable Interleaved 2 of 5 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable Interleaved 2 of 5 Disable DEO00 Enable DE001 8 7 2 Configure Checksum Type Checksum typ
72. if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 12 6 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of Code 93 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead E54E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 273 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every Code 93 symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 12 7 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of Code 93 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary ba
73. in Section 8 17 9 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that InsO0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos EF6EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Ins1Pos EF7EO Length 1 digit Range 0 Enter 306 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 17 9 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 17 8 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers
74. messages as a supplement to the barcode itself The variations of an Add on code for EAN 8 symbology provided here primarily vary in its own length Addon 2 refers to tow digit add on code whereas Addon 5 to five digit add on code Or you can select Addon 2 5 to allow the scanner to deoce either two digit or five digit add ons Please scan the appropriate barcode to specify the type of Add on code To have the selected type take effect please do enable Add on code parameter in Section 8 5 2 at same time Furthermore you may refer to Section 6 2 22 in Chapter 6 to further configure the length of time for decoding Add on codes Enter 221 End ANTA Configuring Symbology None D6190 Addon 2 6191 D Addon 5 D6192 Addon 2 5 D6193 8 5 4 Convert EAN 8 to EAN 13 Enable this feature to convert 8 digit EAN 8 codes into 13 digit EAN 13 barcodes by following encoding rules to supplement zeros characters Disable D6020 Enable D6021 8 5 5 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to to determine whether to transmit the check digit Disable D6070 Enable D6071 8 5 6 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan Enable label to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Enter 222 End L A NOE A Configuring Symbology Disable D6060 Enable D6061 8 5 7 Remove Leading Ch
75. mode green stands for Cable mode orange for Memory mode and blue for Bluetooth mode 3 3 3 Turn on off Charge Please follow the below steps to turn on or off the automatic charge Procedure Switch to Cable mode Hold Small Trigger to trigger off a rapidly blinking green LED light 3 While LED light is rapidly flashing press down Scan Button without releasing Small Trigger 4 Release both Scan Button and Small Trigger 3 3 4 Deletion of One Single Data Please follow the below steps to delete a specified barcode Procedure Switch to Memeory Mode A Push Small trigger while aiming your scanner at the barcode you want to delete 3 Release Small Trigger Enter 18 End AMAA Knowing your Scanner 3 3 5 Deletion of All Transmitted Data Please follow the below steps to delete all the saved barcode Procedure 1 Switch to Memory mode 2 Hold Small Trigger to trigger off a rapidly blinking orange LED light 3 While LED light is rapidly flashing press down Scan Button without releasing Small Trigger 4 Release both Scan Button and Small Trigger 3 3 6 Transmission of Saved Barcode Please follow the below steps to transmit the saved barcode in the memory Procedure 1 Hold Small Trigger till LED light turns solid color 2 Release Small Trigger to enter data The rapidly blinking orange LED indicates the scanner is ready for data transmissi
76. number of digits which has to be transmitted to initiate a time delay referring to an intentional deferment of data transmission Please follow the below steps to set the transfer count for time delay if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces BtSppTxCharGapCnt AEDEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BtSppTxCharGapCnt barcode to configure the transfer count for time delay for SPP Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to initiate time delay after every five digits are transmitted then scan 5 to assign the specified decimal value 5 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 160 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 6 Set Time Delay for Digit for SPP This parameter refers to the amount of elapsed time to delay transmitting a digit Please follow the below steps to set time delay for transmitting a digit if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces BtSppTxCharGapTime AEEEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BtSppTxCharGapTime barcode to configure delay time for a digit for SPP P
77. of characters derived from different languages Scan the appropriate barcode to specify active Input Method Editors if the associated operations are performed using USB HID interfaces EN AF1CO UK AF1C1 AF1C2 JP AF1C3 FR GR AF1C4 AF1C5 IT SP PO SK A A Enter 168 End NO Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 15 Set Transfer Count CO Time Delay for HID This parameter allows you to specify the number of digits which has to be transmitted to initiate a time delay referring to an intentional deferment of data transmission Please follow the below steps to set the transfer count for time delay if the associated operations are performed using USB HID interface BtHidTxCharGapCnt AFDEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BtHidTxCharGapCnt barcode to configure the transfer count for time delay for HID Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcode s representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to initiate a timeout after 10 digits are transmitted scan 1 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 10 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 4 1
78. party dongle into Host PC and confirm the scanner stays active in Bluetooth mode 2 4 Right click on Bluetooth icon taskbar and select Add a Device in the pop up submenu Add aDevice Allow a Device to Connect Show Bluetooth Devices Join a Personal Area Network Open Settings Remove Icon Bee Customize 2 6 Select Enter the device s pairing code and then hit Next button gt Create a pairing code for me The device has a keypad gt Enter the device s pairing code Smartt The device comes with a pairing code Check for one on the device or in the device manual gt Pair without using a code This type of device such as a mouse does not require a secure connection How can I tell if my device has a pairing code Enter 2 5 In the list box of Add a Device dialogue box will display all the available Bluetooth devices after a search Select the device with the name which you specify for the scanner while using the utility application to program it In this example click on SmartBt item Then hit Next button Select a device to add to this computer Windows will continue to look for new devices and display them here For verification enter the valid passcode in Passcode field In this example input the passcode 1234 Enter the pairing code for the device This will verify that you are connecting to the correct device 123
79. processing software to receive the scanned data 2 After holding Small Trigger long enough to trigger off a solid LED light release Small Trigger 3 While the orange LED starts flashing rapidly press Scan Button once again to transmit all barcode data Scan Sequence Scan Data Memory Tx barcode after reading Enter label Data Memory Tx ZMTX 4 3 3 Clear All Saved Barcode Data Button Trigger 1 Configure the scanner to be in Memory mode 2 While holding Small Trigger till orange LED starts blinking rapidly press down Scan Button 3 Release Scan Button and Small Trigger Scan Sequence First read Enter label and then scan the following barcode Data Memory Clear ZFCA 4 3 4 Clear One DingleBarcode Data Button Trigger 1 Configure the scanner to be in Memory mode 2 Press down Small Trigger and scan the barcode you want to remove from the flash memory Enter 23 End AAA Quick Start 4 3 5 Auto delete All Transmitted Data You may program the scanner by scanning Enable label to auto delete the barcode data that was just transmitted after reading Enter barcode Disable 7 Enable BE7A1 4 3 6 Attempt Firmware Update Please read Enter label first and then scan ISP barcode before applying relative scanner firmware updates ISP ZISP 4 4 How to Make your Scanner Work with Bl
80. range of 5 to 255 For instance to set activation duration to be 7 seconds then scan 7 to assign the specified decimal value 7 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 121 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 2 19 Set Idle Duration The device will switch to power saving mode after remaining idle for a while This parameter is thus used to specify the length of time allocated for the scanner to elapse before power saving mode is initiated BarldleTime 9 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BarldleTime barcode to configure idle duration Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set idle duration to be 3 seconds the scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 122 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 2 20 Set Standby Duration After lengthy idleness the device will first be put into standby state in which the machine is still able to react to the emergent request yet running in lower power consumption This parameter refers to the amount of tim
81. scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every Telepen symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 300 End ATA Configuring Symbology 8 16 8 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of Telepen barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd ED5E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every Telepen symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 16 9 S
82. similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 20 9 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 20 8 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar F58E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar F5AE3 Length 2 digits 322 Enter End AMAIA CA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 20 10
83. symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 20 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 20 9 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that InsO0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos F56E0 ANNUM InstPos 970 E TUER Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 321 End NOE Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the
84. the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every MSI symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 14 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 14 9 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos 96 0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 ll Ins1Pos 97 0 Length 1 digit Range 0 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at
85. the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 288 End AAA Configuring Symbology 8 14 9 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 14 8 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar E98E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar E9AE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable bi
86. the process of transmitting data Suffix Code is normally interposed between barcode data and Postamble Code as a user defined string to format the output data By binding this configurable parameter with parameter value which is identifiable for you to achieve the attempt Suffix Code is meant to identify the difference among lines whereas functionality of Postamble Code is to arrange the data format by breaking the transmission line Please follow the below steps to configure Suffix Code SuffixChar BB8E5 Length 8 digits Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan SuffixChar barcode to configure Suffix Code Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 8 characters in length For instance to set suffix code to be EFGH scan 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 and then 8 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 45464748 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 134 End ATA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 Memory Mode Please be advised the following parameters in this section simply works for the associated operations in Memory mode Make sure that you appropriately conduct the operations using Memory mode 7 3 1 Scanner Options A selection of scanner options from setting button funct
87. to Bluetooth mode by one high note steadily Successful Bluetooth pairing Terminate Bluetooth connection Unsuccessful Bluetooth pairing Two consecutive notes Three descending notes Three high pitched beeping sounds A solid Blue LED will indicate a successful attempt 3 3 Leverage your Scanner with Button Triggers Two supplementary button triggers Scan Button and Small Trigger are to provide fundamental functionality from reading a barcode to deleting a scanned record but more importantly giving them a press sometimes enables you to save the efforts in conducting complex barcode scanning practices Although button triggers due to their limits would never suffice to cover all the major and minor tasks which setup barcodes always do skillfully using these two buttons still serves the basic needs yet in a more convenient way In the following section will demonstrate how to execute specific operations via either a push of single button or a trigger of the button combination Enter End ANNA Knowing your Scanner 3 3 1 Scan Action To decode a barcode you may simply give a gentle push of Scan Button to achieve the attempt 3 3 2 Mode Switch Please follow blew steps to switch among operation modes Procedure 1 Hold Scan Button till LED light turns a solid color 2 Release Scan Button 3 The color of steadily flashing LED individually indicates the current operation
88. to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 19 10 Set Code ID for RSS 14 Stacked A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for RSS 14 Stacked ID F3CE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 ScanID barcode to tailor Code ID for RSS 14 Stacked to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be 25 scan 3 2 3 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 3235 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 318 End ANTA Configuring Symbology 8 20 GS1 Databar Expanded RSS Expanded 8 20 1 Enable Disable RSS Expanded Scan the appropriate barcode to determine wh
89. to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar EF8E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar EFAE3 Length 2 digits Enter 307 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Ins0PosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 17 10 Set Code ID for RSS 14 A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for RSS 14 EFCE3 Length 2 digits Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for RSS 14 to your needs Please refer to ASCII Code
90. when configuration mode is initiated by a scan on Enter label Scan the appropriate barcode to have the feature disabled or enabled Disable A4570 Enable A4571 6 2 10 Enable Disable Header Headers refer to additional information including serial number date time and so on which precedes the decoded message while saved barcodes are transmitted in Memory mode Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to send out the header information as part of transmitted data Disable A4600 Enable A4601 6 2 11 Enable Disable Serial Number Info in the Header Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to send out serial number information as part of header information Disable A4610 Enable A4611 Enter 78 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Editing General Settings 6 2 12 Enable Disable Date and Time Info in the Header Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to send out date information as part of header information Disable A4620 nable 6 2 13 Enable Disable Record Count Info in the Header Record count information refers to the total number of scanned barcodes Read the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to send out the record count as part of header information Disable A4630 Enable A4631 6 2 14 Enable Disable Footer
91. which is illustrated in frame Please write down the info for configuring your scanner later on In this example address info is 00116778E81C Click OK button to return to Bluetooth Settings 1 6 Click COM Ports tab to add an 1 7 In Add COM Port dialogue box select incoming port COM Ports tab hit Incoming device initiates the Add button to invoke Add COM Port connection option and then hit OK dialogue box button to initiate the process Bere Ime m This computer is using the COM serial ports listed below To determine whether you need port read the documentation that came with your Bluetooth device Select the type of COM serial port that you want to add Incoming device initiates the connection Outgoing computer initiates the connection Port Direction Name Cc iiia Ce Choose COM port for a Bluetooth enabled device OK amen Learn more about Bluetooth device COM ports 1 8 Once the incoming port is successfully generated the list box in COM Ports tab will show associated information regarding the incoming port In the example the created incoming port is set to COM14 Press down OK button to close Bluetooth Settings dialogue box Enter 37 End Establish a Bluetooth Connection step 2 1 2 2 Configure the existing terminal application Run th
92. zeros Disable FOO60 Enable F0061 8 18 6 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of RSS Limited barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead F14E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every RSS Limited symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 310 End AMAT TCA A ANIA A Configuring Symbology 8 18 7 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of RSS Limited barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necess
93. 0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 13 9 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that InsO0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos 76 0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Ins1Pos 77 0 Length 1 digit Range 0 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 281 End AAA Configuring Symbology 8 13 9 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your
94. 16 116 117 117 117 118 118 118 7 2 2 16 7 2 2 17 7 2 2 18 7 2 2 19 7 2 2 20 7 2 3 7 2 3 1 7 2 3 2 7 2 3 3 7 2 3 4 7 2 3 5 7 2 3 6 7 2 3 7 7 2 3 8 7 2 3 9 7 2 3 10 7 2 3 11 7 2 3 12 7 2 3 13 7 2 3 14 7 2 3 15 7 2 3 16 7 2 3 17 7 2 3 18 7 2 3 19 7 2 3 20 7 2 3 21 7 2 3 22 Table of Contents Set Good Read Buzzer Duration Set Good Read Vibrator Duration Set Activation Duration Set Idle Duration Set Standby Duration OUTPUT EDITING OPTIONS Enable Disable Preamble Code Enable Disable Postamble Code Enable Disable Prefix Code Enable Disable Suffix Code Enable Disable Code ID Set Position of Code ID Enable Disable Barcode Length Info Enable Disable Symbology Name Enable Disable Control Code Info Enable Disable Delimiter Set Timestamps Positioning Enable Disable Date Information Enable Disable Time Information Enable Disable Barcode Verification Reject Same Set Type of Case Conversion Set Delimiter Between Time Date Stamps and Barcode Data Set Delimiter Between Time and Date Stamps Set Preamble Code Set Postamble Code Set Prefix Code Set Suffix Code 7 3 MEMORY MODE 7 3 1 7 3 1 1 7 3 1 2 7 3 1 3 7 3 1 4 7 3 1 5 7 3 1 6 7 3 1 7 7 3 1 8 SCANNER OPTIONS Set Scan Mode Set Output Interface Set Small Trigger Functionality Set Composite Triggers Functionality Enable Disable Battery Charge Set Good Read Buzzer Volume Set Warning Buzzer Volume S
95. 3 FORMAT OF CODE 39 8 6 4 TRANSMIT START STOP DELIMITERS 8 6 5 CONFIGURE CHECKSUM TYPE 8 6 6 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 6 7 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 6 8 SET MINIMUM MAXIMUM CODE LENGTH 8 6 9 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 6 10 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 6 11 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 6 12 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 6 13 SET CODE ID FOR CODE 39 8 6 14 SETSUB CODE ID FOR CODE 39 8 7 INTERLEAVED 2 OF 5 8 7 1 8 7 2 8 7 3 8 7 4 8 7 5 8 7 6 8 7 7 8 7 8 8 7 9 8 7 10 ENABLE DISABLE INTERLEAVED 2 OF 5 CONFIGURE CHECKSUM TYPE TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS SET MINIMUM MAXIMUM CODE LENGTH REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO SET CONTENT MESSAGE TO INSERT SET CODE ID FOR INTERLEAVED 2 OF 5 XI Table of Contents 221 221 221 222 222 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 229 229 229 230 230 230 231 231 233 233 234 235 235 236 237 237 237 237 238 238 240 240 241 242 242 Table of Contents 8 8 INDUSTRIAL 2 OF 5 8 8 1 ENABLE DISABLE INDUSTRIAL 2 OF 5 8 8 2 CONFIGURE CHECKSUM TYPE 8 8 3 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 8 4 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 8 5 SET MINIMUM MAXIMUM CODE LENGTH 8 8 6 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 8 7 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 8 8 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 8 9 MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 8 10 SET CODE ID FOR INDUS
96. 3449872156 0882StaffName lt n gt as an example In general it can be broken down into several data fields as the below illustration shows Preamble Code is used to insert a line Prefix code in the example is configured to indicate the before the barcode is transmitted date the barcode is scanned Code Data refers to the decoded message Mn 20140610 Code 39 B13 449872156 0882 Mathew lt gt Code Name indicates symbology name Postamble Code is used to insert the line after the barcode is transmitted Code ID is an identification number in reference to the specified symbology Suffix Code is used to specify the person who conducts the scan Output String Structure Preamble Prefix Code Code Name Code ID Code Data Suffix Code Postamble Code Code 20140610 Code 39 449872156 0882 Mathew lt n gt Enter 94 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 Cable Mode Please be advised the following parameters in this section simply work for the associated operations in Cable mode Make sure that you appropriately conduct the operations using Cable mode 7 2 1 Output Interface Options In terms of output interface options it is more about technical configuration regarding how you want barcode data to be transmitted between devices in Cable mode before scanned barcode is further processed Properly configure y
97. 4 The code is either displayed on your device or in the information that came with the device What if I can t find the device pairing code ee ome End 2 8 2 10 Establish a Bluetooth Connection A message will appear to indicate the dongle and the scanner have been paired successfully Press down Close button to close Add a device dialogue box In the Bluetooth Setting dialogue box click on COM ports tab From the list box of COM Ports tab you are able to retrieve the outgoing COM ports information Close dialogue box by hitting OK button In this example the outgoing COM port is set to COMI5 Enter 2 9 Right click on Bluetooth icon on the taskbar and then select Open Settings to look up the created outgoing COM port info Add a Device Allow a Device to Connect Show Bluetooth Devices Join a Personal Area Network Open Settings Remove Icon ls bo em Customize End ANIC A Establish a Bluetooth Connection step Configure the terminal software 3 1 Launch the existing terminal emulation program We will demonstrate the case with a free terminal emulation application Terminal 3 2 Properly set COM Port value according 3 3 After a few seconds the scanner will to information you obtain in Step 2 10 emit a short rapid note along with a solid and then hit Connect button to ensure the blue LED to indicate successful termial applicat
98. 4 FooterDateSw EtxCharasc 50 4 Header StxChar aso 50 4 Footer TmeSw DeteConChar 4 HeaderRecCntSw TmeConCar 4 FooterRecOntSw Setup Time COM 115200 Unlink Enter 1 3 1 5 Go to Control Panel Device Manager The created virtual COM port would be found in Ports COM amp LPT group In the example COMG is used as the virtual COM port Teese File Action View Help e 511 51 em amp 4 lj Canmax THINK 39 Batteries 2 Biometric Devices jM Computer i c Disk drives Display adapters IDE ATA ATAPI controllers 25 Imaging devices Keyboards FY Mice and other pointing devices 4S Modems Monitors amp Network adapters 2 797 Ports COM amp LPT 19 Virtual COM Port Processors P Security Devices JE SM Driver x Sound video and game controllers System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers Select Sync Property In ComPort pop up dialogue box configure ComPort properly according to the virtual COM port created in Step 3 and leave Baud rate with its default In the example configure it with COM4 r ComPort ComPort COM4 Y 115200 Y Baud rate 67 End Establish a Bluetooth Connection 1 6 Select Sync Link to link the scanner with the utility program Once the link is successfully established Link Property Properties Link options in Sync menu will
99. 5 Disabled G Codabar NW7 Enabled N Code 128 Enabled K Code 93 Disabled L Code 11 Disabled BarMsi Disabled P BartPlessey Disabled R Telepen Disabled S BarRss14 Disabled T BarRSsLimit Disabled U BarRSSStk Disabled V BarRSSExp Disabled W BarRSSExpStk Disabled X Enter 200 End AAA Configuring Symbology 8 2 UPC A 8 2 1 Enable Disable UPC A Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable UPC A Disable D0000 Enable D0001 8 2 2 Enable Disable Add On Code Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable an Add on code Disable D0010 Enable 0011 D 8 2 3 Set Type of Add On Code An add on code is a special symbol used to carry extra messages as a supplement to the barcode itself The variations of an Add on code for UPC A symbology provided here primarily vary in its own length Addon 2 refers to tow digit add on code whereas Addon 5 to five digit add on code Or you can select Addon 2 5 to allow the scanner to deoce either two digit or five digit add ons Please scan the appropriate barcode to specify the type of Add on code To have the selected type take effect please do enable Add on code parameter in Section 8 2 2 at same time Furthermore you may refer to Section 6 2 22 in Chapter 6 to further configure the length of time for decoding Add on codes Enter 201 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configu
100. 55 Enter 233 End AMAIA CA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every Code 39 symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 6 11 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 6 13 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0 PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos D96EO0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Ins1Pos D97EO0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify t
101. 6 2 2 and Section 6 2 3 and then arrange related scan Enter 80 End ATA A Editing General Settings sequences in the correct format to work out the configuration Set Date amp Time ZCLK Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Set Date amp Time barcode to set time and date on the device 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan compound hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired date and time For instance to configure date to be 2014 09 09 and time to 14 13 26 scan 1 4 0 9 0 9 1 4 1 3 2 and then 6 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 140909141326 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 6 2 19 Set Light Brightness This feature allows you to adjust brightness of the light emitted from the scanner Please follow the below procedures to configure light brightness LampLv1 A4EEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan LampL v1 barcode to configure date separator 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value ranged from 0 to 255 For instance to set the level of brightness to be 25 scan 2 first and then 5 to assign the specified decimal value 25 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operat
102. 61 8 10 8 Set Minimum Maximum Code Length MinLength and MaxLength parameters are used to define the minimux and maximum code length for Codabar symbolgoy which enables to personalize the resulting decoded barcodes by beforehand filtering out the barcodes which fall out of range However depending on the value associated with two configurable parameters the interaction between the minimum and the maximum directly determines how the scanned data will be treated Plesase refer to the below chart for more detailed information Condition Descriptions MaxLength MinLength 0 The barcode of which the length has to fall within the range from MinLength to MaxLength will be decoded MinLength gt 0 and MaxLength is The barcode will be decoded only when its length is no less undefined than MinLength MaxLength 0 and MinLength is The length of the decoded barcode has to be no more than undefined MaxLength MinLength Max Length gt 0 The barcode with the fixed length of MinLength or MaxLength will be decoded MinLength gt MaxLength gt 0 The barcode will be decoded on the condition that its length is equal to either MinLength or MaxLength MinLength lt 0 MaxLength lt 0 code length limit is enforced Enter 258 End NOE Configuring Symbology MinLength DD2EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 MaxLength DD3EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode
103. 8 Set Delimiter Between Date and Time Stamps Delimiter refers to a specified character or a set of characters used to divide lengthy transit data into a group of data By associating the parameter with the valid value the specified delimiter will be interposed between date and time stamps to have transmitted data better formatted However to make sure this parameter functions properly please refer to Section 7 3 2 12 and Section 7 3 2 13 to enable time and date stamps as well DateTimeSpareChar COAE2 Length 1 digit Enter 153 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan DateTimeSpareChar barcode to configure the delimiter Please refer to ASCII Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 1 66 99 character in length For instance to use character to break down the output string scan 3 first and then B to assign the specified hexadecimal value 3B Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 3 2 19 Set Preamble Code In the process of transmitting data Preamble Code normally precedes both Prefix Code and barcode data as a user defined string to format the output data Although Preamble Code and Prefix Code work similarly to structure the transmitted message functionality t
104. 960K desired Device Name MINNS gt mms lt from 960K actual MAC address SET Decimal Hexadecimal MATE Bestes table in Appendix A Decimal Hexadecimal da ZEND table in Appendix A 11 ZEND END Enter 58 End NOE Establish a Bluetooth Connection Using Utility Program 1 1 1 2 Please have your scanner connected to Host PC using USB cable To create a virtual COM port for the utility to access your scanner Read Enter label gt scan ISP barcode The scanner will emit one long sound and six short rapid sounds followed by two short slow sounds as a successful attempt ENTER S ENTR ISP ZISP 1 4 Invoke the utility program located in Product CD COMA 115200 Untink Enter 1 3 Go to Control Panel Device Manager The created virtual COM port would be found in Ports COM amp LPT group In the example COMG is used as the virtual COM port Tem File Action View Help ga I en e 4 lj Canmax THINK 39 Batteries 2 Biometric Devices Computer Disk drives X Display adapters IDE ATA ATAPI controllers 25 Imaging devices Keyboards FY Mice and other pointing devices Modems E Monitors Network adapters 2 F Ports COM amp LPT 19 Virtual COM Port Processors P Security Devices JE SM Driver X Sound video and game controllers S
105. A Establish a Bluetooth Connection step Pair the scanner with third party Bluetooth dongle 2 1 Please have your scanner switch to Bluetooth mode Choose one of two alternatives listed below to help you achieve the attempt Using Button Triggers gt the current mode indicator does not flash blue please hold Scan Button long enough to have LED light turn a solid color Then after a release of Scan Button you can tell which operation mode it switches to by observing LED color Repeat the steps printed in bold if blue LED does not blink after releasing the Scan Button Scanning Programming Barcodes gt Scan the below barcode ENTER S ENTR gt TMode ZTOB 2 2 Pair your scanner with third party Bluetooth dongle by either of two options suggested below Using Button Triggers gt After holding small trigger til blue LED starts blinking rapidly press down Scan Button without releasing Small Trigger Then releasing Scan button and Small trigger at the same time will initiate the pairing process Scanning Programming Barcodes gt Scan the below barcode ENTER S ENTR AMEN Ti Enter 62 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Establish a Bluetooth Connection step Properly scan the sequence of barcodes to determine the output interface via which the scanner interacts with other devices To configure output interface there are two interface options HID interface and Virtual COM interface for you to sel
106. ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 5 12 Set Sub Code ID for EAN 8 A user defined Sub Code ID functions as an identity for some specific types of symbologies to verify whether or not its exclusive feature is enabled In the case of EAN 8 to transmit Sub Code ID as part of output data the particular functonality has to be enabled that compulsorily converts EAN 8 symbols to EAN 13 While setting up Sub Code ID for EAN 8 please also properly initiate the symbology conversion in Section 8 5 4 to have Sub Code ID come into effect Sub ID D7EE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Sub ID barcode to tailor Code ID for EAN 8 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be Au scan 4 1 7 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4175 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 228 End AAA Configuring Symbology 8 6 Code 39 8 6 1 Enable Disable Code 39 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable CodaBar Disable D8000 Enable D8001 8 6 2 Set Type of Code 39 This featuere allows you to determine whether t
107. Address information to be scanner to be Slave by scanning the the specified value 000000000000 by sequence of barcodes as the below scanning the sequence of barcodes as the illustration shows below illustration shows ENTER S ENTR ENTER AMEN AMI V x Slave C411 BtMacAddr Scan the sequence of SET OK V MEA Md END ZEND from ABRE V ZEND table in Appendix A END barcodes V corresponding to 28 Enter End ANTA Establish a Bluetooth Connection 1 3 Configure Pin Code by scanning the 1 4 Configure Device Name by scanning the sequence of barcodes as the below sequence of barcodes as the below illustration shows ENTER S ENTR V illustration shows ENTER S ENTR AMA V Scan the sequence of Scan the sequence of BtPinCode BOOE9 barcodes BtDevName 14 6 barcodes MUMMI corresponding to the SET OK desired pin code scan SET OK desired Device Name the sequence of n lt ZEND END V ZEND END from barcodes from Decimal Hexadecimal Decimal Hexadecimal table in Appendix A table in Appendix A Using Utility Program 1 1 Please have your scanner connected to 1 3 Go to Control Panel Device Manager 1 2 Host PC using USB cable To create
108. BLE DATE AND TIME INFO IN THE HEADER ENABLE DISABLE RECORD COUNT INFO IN THE HEADER ENABLE DISABLE FOOTER ENABLE DISABLE SERIAL NUMBER INFO IN THE FOOTER ENABLE DISABLE DATE AND TIME INFO IN THE FOOTER ENABLE DISABLE RECORD COUNT INFO IN THE FOOTER SET DATE amp TIME SET LIGHT BRIGHTNESS SET DATE SEPARATOR SET TIME SEPARATOR SET TIME OUT PERIOD FOR CONFIGURATION SET TIME OUT PERIOD FOR DECODING ADD ON CODES SET COUNT OF BARCODE VERIFICATION SET SCAN INTERVAL IN CONTINUEOUS SCAN IMODE SET HEADER INFORMATION SET FOOTER INFORMATION SCANNER COMMANDS SET DLE ESCAPE CHARACTER SET lt CMD gt ESCAPE CHARACTER SET BAR ESCAPE CHARACTER SET lt STX gt ESCAPE CHARACTER SET lt ETX gt ESCAPE CHARACTER 7 SETTING UP YOUR OPERATION MODES 7 1 7 2 7 2 1 7 2 1 1 7 2 1 2 OUTPUT STRING STRUCTURE CABLE MODE OUTPUT INTERFACE OPTIONS Set Data Transfer Rate for SPP Set Length of Stop Bit for SPP 76 76 77 77 77 78 78 78 79 79 79 80 80 80 80 81 82 83 84 84 85 86 86 87 88 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 95 95 95 7 2 1 3 7 2 1 4 7 2 1 5 7 2 1 6 7 2 1 7 7 2 1 8 7 2 1 9 7 2 1 10 7 2 1 11 7 2 1 12 7 2 1 13 7 2 1 14 7 2 1 15 7 2 1 16 7 2 1 17 7 2 1 18 7 2 1 19 7 2 1 20 7 2 1 21 7 2 1 22 7 2 1 23 7 2 1 24 7 2 2 7 2 2 1 7 2 2 2 7 2 2 3 7 2 2 4 7 2 2 5 7 2 2 6 7 2 2 7 7 2 2 8 7 2 2 9 7 2 2 10 7 2 2 11 7 2 2 12 7 2 2
109. C address is 001C97FR16EA 1 11 In the tree view select App AppBt In the right panel Select A302 in the OutType combo box Click Save icon on the toolbar to save your settings 1 13 Select Sync Offlink to complete the configuration Enter HATTE M E Barcode Scanner Setting Untitled Ele Syne Communication Help 1 12 Select Communication gt Download U Parm file to apply the customized settings to the scanner CE e E He Carman Hep End AAA Establish a Bluetooth Connection step Pair the scanner with third party Bluetooth dongle 2 1 Please have your scanner switch to Bluetooth mode Choose one of two alternatives listed below to help you achieve the attempt Using Button Triggers gt the current mode indicator does not flash blue please hold Scan Button long enough to have LED light turn a solid color Then after a release of Scan Button you can tell which operation mode it switches to by observing LED color Repeat the steps printed in bold if blue LED does not blink after releasing the Scan Button Scanning Programming Barcodes gt Scan the below barcode ENTER S ENTR gt TMode ZTOB 2 2 Pair your scanner with third party Bluetooth dongle by either of two options suggested below Using Button Triggers gt After holding small trigger til blue LED starts blinking rapidly press down Scan Button wi
110. CHARACTERS REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT ENABLE DISABLE PLESSEY CONFIGURE CHECKSUM TYPE TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS SET MINIMUM MAXIMUM CODE LENGTH REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 15 10 SET CODE ID FOR PLESSEY 8 16 TELEPEN 8 16 1 8 16 2 8 16 3 8 16 4 8 16 5 8 16 6 8 16 7 8 16 8 8 16 9 ENABLE DISABLE TELEPEN SET FORAMT OF TELEPEN CONFIGURE CHECKSUM TYPE TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS SET MINIMUN MAXIMUM CODE LENGTH REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 16 10 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 16 11 SET CODE ID FOR TELEPEN 8 17 GS1 DATABAR OMNIDIRECTIONAL RSS 14 8 17 1 ENABLE DISABLE RSS 14 8 17 2 TRANSMIT APPLICATION ID 8 17 3 8 17 4 8 17 5 8 17 6 8 17 7 TRANSMIT SYMBOLOGY ID TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS XIV Table of Contents 285 285 286 287 288 289 289 291 291 291 291 291 292 293 294 294 295 296 297 297 297 297 298 298 299 300 301 301 302 303 304 304 304 304 304 305 305 306 Table of Contents 8 17 8 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 17 9 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 17 10 SET CODE ID FOR RSS 14 8 18 GS1 DATABAR
111. CTSRONADEE 2 C54 Comm 9 Cue RTS OTK mer Sen AueDuiConned Teme gulcmiR Ck ASCH tabi SIT Masse I SmeTe D a Gm Peceve ma Quan v Aue 15 5 Reyes C pee M sreeavessvo79 9 CLEAR Serm 5 2 CReCRAF BREAK Macar 5 u2 j j M msj msj mrj moj moj End Establish a Bluetooth Connection 5 2 3 HID Connection Mode step Configure your scanner either using the utility program or scanning programming barcodes The convenience of using utility program will save you trouble scanning the sequence of barcode which demands great caution and high accuracy to work out the configuration However you may alternatively choose to scan programming barcodes to set up your scanner if you desire a time saving configuration rather than a research into sophistication of utility program before using it Considering all pros and cons mentioned above please choose the one which works best for you Scanning Programming Barcodes 1 1 Configure Output Interface of the scanner to be HID by scanning the sequence of barcodes as the below illustration shows ENTER S 6ENTR Hid C41D3 gt ZEND END Enter 1 2 Configure Device Name by scanning the sequence of barcodes as the below illustration shows ENTER S ENTR BtDevName 14 6 Scan the s
112. Code ID for Code 11 ID E7CE3 Length 2 digits Enter 282 End ANTA Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for Code 11 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be NP scan 4 1 5 and then 0 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4150 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 283 End ATA Configuring Symbology 8 14 MSI 8 14 1 Enable Disable MSI Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable MSI Disable E8000 Enable E8001 8 14 2 Configure Checksum Type Checksum type determines the checksum algorithm which serves to detect if an error occurs during the decoding process Out of four error detection mechanism which MSI symbolgoy provides scan the appropriate barcode to examine whether or not the barcode continas the check digit and to further apply the related error detection mechanism to the scanned data Disable E8180 Mod 10 E8181 10 10 8182 Mode 11 10 8183 8 14 3 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to tr
113. Code Length 8 13 5 MinLength and MaxLength parameters are used to define the minimux and maximum code length for Code 11 symbolgoy which enables to personalize the resulting decoded barcodes by beforehand filtering out the barcodes which fall out of range However depending on the value associated with two configurable parameters the interaction between the minimum and the maximum directly determines how the scanned data will be treated Plesase refer to the below chart for more detailed information Enter 278 End AMAA Configuring Symbology Condition Descriptions MaxLength gt MinLength gt 0 The barcode of which the length has to fall within the range from MinLength to MaxLength will be decoded MinLength gt 0 and MaxLength is The barcode will be decoded only when its length is no less undefined than MinLength MaxLength gt 0 and MinLength is The length of the decoded barcode has to be no more than undefined MaxLength MinLength Max Length gt 0 The barcode with the fixed length of MinLength or MaxLength will be decoded MinLength gt MaxLength gt 0 The barcode will be decoded on the condition that its length is equal to either MinLength or MaxLength MinLength lt 0 and MaxLength lt 0 code length limit is enforced MinLength E72bE0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 MaxLength 7 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure
114. DAT File L 0317 dat 2014 3 17 F 04 DAT File Bluetooth Setting dat 2011 10 7 F 05 DAT File Desktop Masster dat 2014 3 20 09 DAT File mez Untitled dat 2014 3 19 F 05 DAT File Libraries w Computer c m Network ml Fle name USetting dat Savesstype Param Fies dat Cancel End Establish a Bluetooth Connection 1 10 Click on OutBtStr1 item of the tree view in the left panel Afterwards Configure BtDevName according to your reference but associate BtMacAddr with MAC information which is clearly marked on the side of Bluetooth dongle A303 In this example the MAC address is 001C97FR16EA address 1 11 In the tree view select App gt AppBt In the right panel Select A303 in the OutType combo box Click Save icon on the toolbar to save your settings a Barcode Scanner Setting Untitled Ele Sync Communication Help 1 13 Select Sync Offlink to complete the configuration Enter HATTE M 61 n Barcode Scanner Setting Untitled File Sync Communication 000000000000 1 12 Select Communication gt Download U Parm file to apply the customized settings to the scanner Download B Parm File Download U Parm File Download Kernel File Upload B Parm File Upload U Parm File Upload Kernel File Get RTC Set RTC e Sync Communication Help End ANN
115. EL Note for keyboard wedge only Enter 330 End A A AAA Appendix Appendix B Test Chart UPC A 000012345670 EAN 13 with Add on 5 9789572216675 00420 ISBN 9572216678 Code 39 ABE ASCII Ob de 1 9 Interleaved 2 of 5 12345678905 Code 93 CODE93 TESTYd Enter 331 End ANTA Appendix Code 128 UCC EAN 128 70101 23456789e Codabar NW7 98765D D43210 MSI Plessey 055830 CODE 11 8862647779733 UK Plessey 165200035461 Telepen EN Te Numer 5742494259425 05577488891 16 Enter 332 End ANTA
116. ES321 User Manual Bluetooth Barcode Scanner 02015 by ARKSCAN LLC Table of Contents 1 IMPORTANT NOTICE 1 1 1 FCCCOMPLIANCE 2 1 2 CONFORMITY WITH TECHNICAL REGULATIONS FOR SPECIFIED RADIO EQUIPMENT IN JAPAN 2 1 3 NATIONAL COMMUNICATION COMMISSION 2 1 4 ROHS COMPLIANCE 3 1 5 SAFETY PRECAUTION 3 2 INTRODUCTION 5 2 1 PRODUCT FEATURES 6 2 2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 6 2 3 PACKAGE INFORMATION 7 2 4 SUPPORTED SYMBOLOGY 8 2 5 PRODUCT OVERVIEW 9 2 6 MANUAL LAYOUT 10 2 7 PAGE LAYOUT 11 3 KNOWING YOUR SCANNER 14 3 1 CONFIGURATION FLOWCHART 15 3 2 LED amp BEEPER INDICATIONS 16 3 3 LEVERAGE YOUR SCANNER WITH BUTTON TRIGGERS 17 3 3 1 SCAN ACTION 18 3 3 2 MODE SWITCH 18 3 3 3 TURN ON OFF CHARGE 18 3 3 4 DELETION OF ONE SINGLE DATA 18 3 3 5 DELETION OF ALL TRANSMITTED DATA 19 3 3 6 TRANSMISSION OF SAVED BARCODE 19 3 3 7 PAIRING WITH BLUETOOTH DEVICES 19 4 UICK START 20 4 1 CONFIGURATION FLOWCHART 21 4 2 SETUP YOUR SCANNER 21 4 2 1 OPERATION MODE 21 4 2 2 4 3 4 3 1 4 3 2 4 3 3 4 3 4 4 3 5 4 3 6 4 4 4 4 1 4 4 2 4 4 3 Table of Contents OUTPUT INTERFACE IN CABLE MODE BASIC SCANNER OPERATIONS MODE SWITCH TRANSMIT ALL BARCODE DATA CLEAR ALL SAVED BARCODE DATA CLEAR ONE DINGLEBARCODE DATA AUTO DELETE ALL TRANSMITTED DATA ATTEMPT FIRMWARE UPDATE How TO MAKE YOUR SCANNER WORK WITH BLUETOOTH DONGLE A 302 PAIR WITH BLUETOOTH DONGLE A 302 DISABLE PAIRING FUNCTION TYPE OF BLUETOOT
117. Enter 296 End ANTA Configuring Symbology 8 16 Telepen 8 16 1 Enable Disable Telepen Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable Telepen Disable Enable C001 E 8 16 2 Set Foramt of Telepen Scan the appropriate barcode to determine the encoding system you prefer to decode Telepen barcodes Auto format will automatically initiate the code swtich from ASCII to Numberic or vice versa depending on the presence or absence of ASCII DLE character meric EC1 Nu C190 ASCII EC191 Auto EC192 8 16 3 Configure Checksum Type Checksum type determines the checksum algorithm which serves to detect if an error occurs during the decoding process Scan the appropriate barcode to examine whether or not the barcode continas the check digit and to further apply the related error detection mechanism to the scanned data Enter 297 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Disable EC180 Enable C181 E 8 16 4 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Disable ECO70 Enable ECO71 8 16 5 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zero
118. For instance to use character to break down the output string scan 3 first and then B to assign the specified hexadecimal value Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 2 3 19 Set Preamble Code In the process of transmitting data Preamble Code normally precedes both Prefix Code and barcode data as a user defined string to format the output data Although Preamble Code and Prefix Code work similarly to structure the transmitted message functionality they individually intend to perform differs Basically Preamble Code is designed to arrange a layout using line terminators such as carriage return line fee line separator paragraph separator and so on Therefore it is suggested to associate this configurable parameter with equivalent ASCII code value for line terminators whenever you possibly use preamble code in the hope of organizing the transmitted message Please follow the below steps to configure Preamble code PreambleChar Length 2 digits Enter 131 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan PreambleChar barcode to configure Preamble Code Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in le
119. H CONNECTION 5 ESTABLISH A BLUETOOTH CONNECTION 5 1 5 2 5 2 1 5 2 2 5 2 3 5 2 4 5 2 5 5 2 6 BLUETOOTH CONNECTION REFERENCE CHART SET UP YOUR OWN BLUETOOTH CONNECTION SLAVE CONNECTION MASTER CONNECTION MODE HID CONNECTION MODE IOS CONNECTION MODE BLUETOOTH DONGLE A303 CONNECTION MODE BLUETOOTH DONGLE A302 CONNECTION MODE 6 GENERAL CONFIGURATION 6 1 6 1 1 6 1 2 6 1 3 6 1 4 6 1 5 6 1 6 6 1 7 6 2 6 2 1 6 2 2 6 2 3 HOST INTERFACE RESTORE THE SETTING RESTORE THE SYMBOLOGY SETTING RETRIEVE FIRMWARE INFORMATION ABORT THE CONFIGURATION UPDATE FIRMWARE ENABLE DISABLE AUTOMATIC BATTERY CHARGER BLUETOOTH PAIRING SYSTEM CONTROL AVAILABLE OPERATION MODES SET DATE FORMAT SET TIME FORMAT 22 22 22 23 23 23 24 24 24 24 25 25 26 27 28 28 36 44 51 57 65 72 73 73 73 73 73 73 74 74 74 74 75 76 6 2 4 6 2 5 6 2 6 6 2 7 6 2 8 6 2 9 6 2 10 6 2 11 6 2 12 6 2 13 6 2 14 6 2 15 6 2 16 6 2 17 6 2 18 6 2 19 6 2 20 6 2 21 6 2 22 6 2 23 6 2 24 6 2 25 6 2 26 6 2 27 6 3 6 3 1 6 3 2 6 3 3 6 3 4 6 3 5 Table of Contents SET CHARGE RATE SET THE WORKFLOW OF OPERATION MODES SWITCH ENABLE DISABLE BUZZER SET THE WARNING BUZZER VOLUME ENABLE DISABLE VIBRATOR ENABLE DISABLE VIBRATOR FOR CONFGIRURATION MODE ENABLE DISABLE HEADER ENABLE DISABLE SERIAL NUMBER INFO IN THE HEADER ENABLE DISA
120. IA ANNA Establish a Bluetooth Connection 3 9 After the upload process is done a message box will appear to indicate the done whether operation is successfully 3 10 Click on OutBtStr0 item of the tree 3 11 view in the left panel Afterwards Configure BtPinCode and BtDevName according to your reference but associate BtMacAddr with MAC address information of the Bluetooth device which you look up in the computer File Sync Communication D BtPinCode 1234 BtMacAddr 0016778E81C BtDevName SmartBt 3 12 Select Communication gt Download 3 13 U Parm file to apply the customized settings to the scanner l a Barcode Scanner Setting Untitleddat 9 File Sync Communication Hel TEREE Download U Parm File Download Kernel File Upload B Parm File Upload U Parm File Upload Kernel File Get RTC Set RTC v VibratorWarning BzGoodRdFreq 27 V VibratorModeEvent BzGoodRdTime 10 V BzGoodRd BarHibernateTime 10 Enter 41 In the tree view select App gt AppBt In the right panel Select Master in the OutType combo box Then click Save icon on the toolbar to save your settings EA Scanner serong Umed 00 70 77 Sync Commumcation Help Select Sync Offlink to complete the configuration m
121. In this scanner press Home button to return to example please read the sequence of Home page Then tap Notes to receive decimal barcodes 3 5 7 9 Repeat this barcode data step till it succeeds Enter 56 End MANNA AI A AO I Establish a Bluetooth Connection 5 2 5 Bluetooth Dongle A303 Connection Mode Bluetooth Dongle A303 is a specialized Bluetooth peripheral device adapted for use of ES321 via HID or SPP interface in attempt to leverage Bluetooth technology An optional purchase of Bluetooth dongle A303 could prevent you from going through the complicated configuration since it is well programmed beforehand with all the necessary Bluetooth settings before the delivery Accordingly performing Bluetooth operations out of ES321 for the very first time simply demands a press of button to recover the Bluetooth connection unless the scanner is re programmed to pair with third party dongle or other Bluetooth devices previously In case that you possibly adopt a different approach to establish a Bluetooth connection for whatever reasons the step by step instruction is still provided so that you are able to make ES321 work with Bluetooth dongle A303 Work with Dongle A303 for the First Time Use step Secure the Bluetooth dongle A303 into Host PC step step Scan the sequence of barcodes listed below to Press down either Scan Button or Small Trigger switch the scanner to Bluetooth operation to recover Bluetooth connect
122. LIMITED RSS LIMITED 8 18 1 ENABLE DISABLE RSS LIMITED 8 18 2 TRANSMIT APPLICATION ID 8 18 3 TRANSMIT SYMBOLOGY ID 8 18 4 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 18 5 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 18 6 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 18 7 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 18 8 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 18 9 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 18 10 SET CODE ID FOR RSS LIMITED 8 19 GS1 DATABAR STACKED RSS 14 STACKED 8 19 1 ENABLE DISABLE RSS 14 STACKED 8 19 2 TRANSMIT APPLICATION ID 8 19 3 TRANSMIT SYMBOLOGY ID 8 19 4 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 19 5 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 19 6 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 19 7 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 19 8 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 19 9 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 19 10 SET CODE ID FOR RSS 14 STACKED 8 20 GS1 DATABAR EXPANDED RSS EXPANDED 8 20 1 ENABLE DISABLE RSS EXPANDED 8 20 2 TRANSMIT APPLICATION ID 8 20 3 TRANSMIT SYMBOLOGY ID 8 20 4 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 20 5 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 20 6 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 20 7 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 20 8 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 20 9 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 20 10 SET CODE ID FOR RSS EXPANDED 8 21 GS1 DATABAR EXPANDED STACKED RSS EXPANDED STACKED 8 21 1 ENABLE DISABLE RSS EXPANED STACKED XV 306 307 308 309 309 309 309 309 310 310 311 311 312 313 314 314 314 314 315 315 315 316 317 317 318 319 319 319 319 319 320 320 321 321 322 323
123. NTI A Setting up your Operation Modes Disable C4520 Enable C4521 7 4 2 15 Set Pairing Timeout Pairing Timeout refers to an amount of time allocated to the scanner for pairing with other Bluetooth devices When timeout period expires yet the Bluetooth connection is not established the pairing process will terminate due to the failed attempt Please follow the below steps to configure pairing timeout PairingTime C57E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan PairingTime barcode to configure Pairing Timeout 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set pairing timeout to be 20 seconds scan 2 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 20 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 4 2 16 Set Good Read Buzzer Frequency Please follow the below steps to specify the buzzer frequency when a barcode is decoded successfully BzGoodRdFreq C58E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 100Hz Enter 184 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BzGoodRdFreq barcode to configure Good Rea
124. O 0x06 0x15 AA1C1 Ack Nak AA1C2 Enter 96 End Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 5 Enable Disable lt STX gt and lt ETX gt Escape Characters for SPP Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable lt STX gt and ETX escape characters for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces Regarding the more detailed configuration on escape characters please refer to Scanner Commands which is located in the section 6 3 of Chapter 6 None AA1A0 STX ETX AA1A1 7 2 1 6 Enable Disable lt BAR gt and lt CMD gt Escape Characters for SPP Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable lt BAR gt and lt CMD gt escape characters for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces Regarding the more detailed configuration on escape characters please refer to Scanner Commands which is located in the section 6 3 of Chapter 6 Disable AA160 Enable AA161 7 2 1 7 Enable Disable Command Mode for SPP Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Command mode for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces Disable AA170 Enable AA171 Enter 97 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 8 Set Baud Rate for SPP Baud
125. One high tone emit five quick short notes followed by a pause and then two notes A melody from high notes to low ones One high note followed by two low short notes One long beeping note sings first and then a short note sounds after data is transmitted Two ascending notes and then three descending notes 16 Red green and then blue LEDs keep flashing slowly and alternatively Red and green LEDs keep flashing slowly and alternatively The orange LED keeps flashing rapidly A solid red LED indicates the ongoing charge process Once the charging is completed the red LED will start flashing slowly as a full battery charge indication Red LED flashes once as a warning End ANTA Knowing your Scanner Functions Beeper Sequence LED indication Cable Mode A melody composed of three ascending notes another two Green LED keeps flashing Switch to Cable mode ascending notes and one steadily comparatively high note Turn off automatic charge Two descending short notes Turn on automatic charge Three high pitched notes Memory Mode Three ascending notes Orange LED keeps flashing Switch to Memory mode followed by a comparatively steadily high note Successful attempt to erase all Three high pitched long saved barcodes sounds Successfully attempt to delete One note followed by two one single data shorter sounds Bluetooth Mode Three same low notes followed Blue LED keeps flashing Switch
126. Places T Download Kernel File Eos PStdMemBt 0310 dat 2014 3 13 01 DAT File SetupTag oS E 0317 dat 2014 3 17 F 04 DAT File Upload B Parm File Pe _ Bluetooth Setting dat 2011 10 7 F 05 DAT File Upload U Parm File V sysvibrator TimeFmt HHMMSS S Desktop Masster dat 2014 3 20 E 09 DAT File Upload Kernel File MEA ca Untitled dat 2014 3 19 FF 05 DAT File E Get RTC DePlugstdMode stdMode z Libraries Set RTC e V FooterStrsw SysBzVol Levela m J HeaderSerNumSw DleChar asci 10 Computer V FooterSerNumSw GmdChar asai 13 Th 7 HeaderDateSw BarChar asci 11 Network rA Fie name USettingldat Sae V FooterDateSw EtxChar asci 03 Saveastype Param Fies dat x Lom StvChar aeril lt n 1 9 After the upload process is done a message box will appear to indicate whether the operation is done successfully Enter 46 End Establish a Bluetooth Connection 1 10 Click on OutBtStr0 item of the tree 1 11 In the tree view select App AppBt In view in the left panel Afterwards the right panel Select HID in the Configure BtPinCode and BtDevName OutType combo box Click Save icon according to your reference but on the toolbar to save your settings associate BtMacAddr with MAC address information of the Bluetooth Barcode Scanner setting Untitled iklennsocom Co
127. Prompt commands to communicate with the device instead of having your scanner read a sequence of setup barcodes listed in the manual In the case like this you possibly need to rely on escape characters no matter predefined or customized to notify the decoder of the additional interpretation on the text following prefixed escape characters The below configurable parameters allow you to define your own escape characters while you work with a terminal program to send out command strings to the scanner 6 3 1 Set lt DLE gt Escape Character The parameter serves to avoid the reserved characters from being interpreted using their originally defined meanings The special characters thus will be treated as the normal ones once preceded with DLE escape character Associate the user defined parameter with the value of the reserved character you intend to escape to complete the configuration DleChar A51E2 ACA Length 1 digit Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan DleChar barcode to configure DLE escape character 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 1 character in length For instance to demand a special interpretation for the string following DLE escape character scan 2 first and then 3 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 23 4 Scan SET
128. Rate refers to the amount of data per second can be transmitted Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the desired baud rate of data transmission for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces 300Bps AA2CO 600Bps AA2C1 1200Bps 2 2 2400Bps 2 3 4800Bps 2 4 Bps AA2C5 9600 19200Bps A2C6 A 38400Bps AA2C7 57600Bps AA2C8 115200Bps 2 9 230400Bps 2 Enter 98 End AAT UM ATA Setting up your Operation Modes 460800Bps AA2CB 512000Bps AA2CC 9 Set Transfer Count for Time Delay for SPP This parameter allows you to specify the number of digits which has to be transmitted to initiate a time delay referring to an intentional deferment of data transmission Please follow the below steps to set the transfer count for time delay for SPP if the associated operations are performed using the RS 232 or USB COM interfaces StdSppTxCharGapCnt AADEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StdSppTxCharGapCnt barcode to configure the transfer count for time delay for SPP Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to initiate time delay after every five digits are transmitted then scan 5 to assign the specified decimal va
129. Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of Plessey barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead EBAEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every Plessey symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 293 End ATA Configuring Symbology 8 15 7 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of Plessey barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete th
130. Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for UPC A to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be Au scan 4 1 7 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4175 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter End ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 3 UPC E 8 3 1 Enable Disable UPC E Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable UPC E Disable D2000 Enable 2001 D 8 3 2 Enable Disable Add On Code Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable an Add on code Disable D2010 Enable D2011 8 3 3 Set Type of Add On Code An add on code is a special symbol used to carry extra messages as a supplement to the barcode itself The variations of an Add on code for UPC E symbology provided here primarily vary in its own length Addon 2 refers to tow digit add on code whereas Addon 5 to five digit add on code Or you can select Addon 2 5 to allow the scanner to deoce either two digit or five digit add ons Please scan the appropriate barcode to specify
131. TRIAL 2 OF 5 8 9 MATRIX20F5 8 9 1 ENABLE DISABLE MATRIX 2 OF 5 8 9 2 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 9 3 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 9 4 CONFIGURE CHECKSUM TYPE 8 9 5 SET MINIMUM MAXIMUM CODE LENGTH 8 9 6 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 9 7 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 9 8 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 9 9 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 9 10 SET CODE ID FOR MATRIX 2 OF 5 8 10 CODABAR NW7 8 10 1 ENABLE DISABLE CODABAR NW7 8 10 2 CONFIGURE THE START STOP PATTERN 8 10 3 ENABLE DISABLE SYMMETRICAL START STOP PATTERN 8 10 4 TRANSMIT START STOP CHARACTERS 8 10 5 CONFIGURE CHECKSUM TYPE 8 10 6 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 10 7 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 10 8 SET MINIMUM MAXIMUM CODE LENGTH 8 10 9 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 10 10 REMOVE TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 10 11 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 10 12 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 10 13 SET CODE ID FOR CODABAR 8 11 CODE 128 8 11 1 ENABLE DISABLE CODE 128 XII 244 244 244 244 244 245 246 247 247 248 249 250 250 250 250 250 251 252 253 253 254 255 256 256 256 256 257 257 257 258 258 259 260 261 261 262 263 263 Table of Contents 8 11 2 SET FORMAT OF CODE 128 8 11 3 CONFIGURE CHECKSUM TYPE 8 11 4 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 11 5 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 11 6 SET APPLICATION ID SEPARTOR FOR UCC 128 GS1 128 8 11 7 SET MINIMUM MAXIMUM CODE LENGTH 8 11 8 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 11 9 REMOVE TRAILING
132. This parameter allows you to configure the number of attempting retransmission for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces StdSppTxAckCnt AA9EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StdSppTxAckCnt barcode to configure timeout parameter for SPP Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set retransmission count to 1 then scan 1 to assign the specified decimal value ui s Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 104 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 15 Set ACK Timeout for SPP ACK timeout refers to the allotted time to elapse for the receipt of ACK signal before timeout is initiated This parameter allows you to specify the amount of time allocated for ACK timeout for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces StdSppTxAckTime AAAEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StdSppTxAckTime barcode to configure ACK timeout for SPP Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal values barcodes representing the desired value in the range of to 255 For instance to s
133. a virtual COM port for the utility to access your scanner Read Enter label gt scan ISP barcode The scanner will emit one long sound and six short rapid sounds followed by two short slow sounds as a successful attempt ENTER S ENTR AME V ISP ZISP Enter 29 The created virtual COM port would be found in Ports COM amp LPT group In the example COMA is used as the virtual COM port roe Manage RN File Action View Help e 2 3 Ml m ite 28 Canmax THINK Ab Batteries 2 Biometric Devices Computer Disk drives Display adapters IDE ATA ATAPI controllers 25 Imaging devices Keyboards l Mice and other pointing devices 5 Modems amp Monitors amp Network adapters 2 797 Ports COM amp LPT 9 Virtual COM Port Processors P Security Devices 7 SM Driver af Sound video and game controllers pl System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers End Establish a Bluetooth Connection 1 4 Invoke the utility program located in Product CD 1 5 Select Sync Property In ComPort pop up dialogue box configure ComPort properly according to the virtual COM port created in step 3 and leave Baud rate with its default In the example configure it with COM4 ComPort 1 7 Before configuring your scanner you need to upload the scanner status first to ensure the current setting will not be overwritten In doing so Select C
134. able binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 4 2 20 Set Idle Duration The device will switch to power saving mode after remaining idle for a while This parameter is thus used to specify the length of time allocated for the scanner to elapse before power saving mode is initiated BarldleTime 5 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan BarIdleTime barcode to configure idle duration 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set idle duration to be 3 seconds the scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 187 End Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 2 21 Set Standby Duration After lengthy idleness the device will first be put into standby state in which the machine is still able to react to the emergent request yet running in lower power consumption This parameter refers to the amount of time allocated for the device to stay in standby before being totally shut down StandbyTime C5FEO Length 1 digit Range 30 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Sc
135. adecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 226 End NOE Configuring Symbology 8 5 11 Set Code ID for EAN 8 A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for EAN 8 ID D7CE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for EAN 8 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be Au scan 4 1 7 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4175 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 227 End
136. age used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 9 9 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar E38E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar E3AE3 Length 2 digits Enter 254 End ANTA Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 9 10 Set Code ID CO Matrix 2 of 5 A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same tim
137. an SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 143 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 1 22 Set Activation Duration In general after Scan Button is pressed down LED light will emit a stream of light for a scan attempt This parameter is thus used to specify activation duration which indicates the amount of time LED light will stays on after Scan button is held BarScanTime BFDEO Length 1 digit Range 5 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BarScanTime barcode to configure activation duration Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal values barcode representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set activation duration to be 2 seconds then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 the decimal value 2 by having the barcode scans sequenced as follows 2 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 144 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 1 23 Set Idle Duration The device will switch to power saving mode after remaining idle for a while This parameter is thus used to specify the length of time allocated for the scanner to elapse before power saving mode is initiated BarldleTime
138. an StandbyTime barcode to configure idle duration 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 30 to 255 For instance to set Standby duration to be 30 seconds scan 3 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 30 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 188 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 3 Output Editing Options The parameters fallen into this category focus on functionality relevant to output editing in Bluetooth mode With these available editing settings you can arrange plentiful scanned barcode in your own style and accordingly results in a subtle output layout which will benefit users from locating barcode data more efficiently 7 4 3 1 Enable Disable Preamble Code Preamble Code refers to a sequence of characters which precedes both Prefix Code and barcode data during data transmission Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Preamble Code Disable C6000 Enable C6001 7 4 3 2 Enable Disable Postamble Code Postamble Code refers to a sequence of characters which appends to both barcode data and Suffix Code during data transmission Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Postamble Code Disable C6010 Enable C6011
139. an decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 19 9 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 19 8 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos Enter 317 End AMAT TCA ANTI A Configuring Symbology InsOPosChar F38E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar F3AE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content
140. anning accuracy The parameter allows you to specify the number of times the barcode verification porcess will be executed before the decoded scanned data is transmitted The barcode will be identified as a valid one when the same decoded result is always returned every time As mentioned earlier it likely takes longer to decode a barcode with higher accuracy For your reference to ensure the authentication is performed at the speicifed count of execution it is necessary to enable DbIConFirmSw parameter for each operation mode at the same time BarDblConfirmCnt A59EO Length 1 digit Range 1 10 Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 Scan Enter barcode Scan BarDblConfirmCnt barcode to configure the length of the timeout session Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired decimal value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set timeout period to 1 second then scan 1 to assign the specified decimal value 1 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 85 End NOE Editing General Settings 6 2 25 Set Scan Interval in Continueous Scan Mode This feature allows you to specify the time interval between two consectuvie scans of the same barcode However to have the configurable parameter take effect you ar
141. ansmit the check digit Disable E8070 Enter 284 End ATA Configuring Symbology Enable E8071 8 14 4 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable E8060 Enable 8061 E 8 14 5 SetMinimum Maximum Code Length MinLength and MaxLength parameters are used to define the minimux and maximum code length for MSI symbolgoy which enables to personalize the resulting decoded barcodes by beforehand filtering out the barcodes which fall out of range However depending on the value associated with two configurable parameters the interaction between the minimum and the maximum directly determines how the scanned data will be treated Plesase refer to the below chart for more detailed information Enter 285 End AMAA Configuring Symbology Condition Descriptions MaxLength MinLength 0 The barcode of which the length has to fall within the range from MinLength to MaxLength will be decoded MinLength 0 and MaxLength is The barcode will be decoded only when its length is no less undefined than MinLength MaxLength gt 0 and MinLength is The length of the decoded barcode has to be no more than undefined MaxLength MinLength Max Length gt 0
142. ar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 16 9 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar ED8E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar EDAE3 Length 2 digits Enter 302 End AMAIA CA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Ins0PosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 16 11 Set Code ID for Telepen A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especiall
143. araters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of EAN 8 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead 074 0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every EAN 8 symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 223 End NOE Configuring Symbology 8 5 8 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of EAN 8 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure
144. arcode data Before BAO50 51 7 2 3 7 Enable Disable Barcode Length Info Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to send out length information of scanned barcode as part of transmitted data If Enabled length info will be prefixed to decoded barcode Disable BAO60 Ena BAO61 7 2 3 8 Enable Disable Symbology Name Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit symbology name information which is normally prefixed to decoded barcode as part of transmitted data Disable BAO70 Enable BAO71 Enter 126 End ATA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 3 9 Enable Disable Control Code Info Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit control code info along with the decoded message if the scanned barcode contains the special ASCII code Disable BA100 Enable BA101 7 2 3 10 Enable Disable Delimiter Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to interpose the delimiter parameter between the decoded message and timestamps Disable BA110 BA111 7 2 3 11 Set Timestamps Positioning Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the position of timestamps to the left or the right of decoded message when output data contains tim
145. arge are initiated by using Scan Button or Small Trigger so that LED indicator accordingly changes its blinking frequency or color Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Normal Event Vibrator Disable B 8620 Enable B8621 7 2 2 12 Enable Disable Good Read Buzzer Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Good Read Buzzer when a barcode is successfully decoded Disable B8500 Enable B8501 Enter 117 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 2 13 Enable Disable Warning Buzzer Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Warning Buzzer when an error occurs Disable B8510 Enable B8511 7 2 2 14 Enable Disable Normal Event Buzzer Normal Event Buzzer is used to give an acoustic signal whenever certain operations such as switching operation modes entering data transmission mode and battery charge are initiated by using Scan Button or Small Trigger so that LED indicator accordingly changes its blinking frequency or color Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Normal Event Buzzer Disable B8520 8 Enable B8521 7 2 2 15 Set Good Read Buzzer Frequency Please follow the below steps to specify Good Read Buzzer frequency when a barcode is decoded successfully BzGoodRdFreq B98E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 100
146. ariable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 146 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 2 Output Editing Options The parameters fallen into this category focus on functionality relevant to output editing in Memory mode With these available editing settings you can arrange plentiful scanned barcode in your own style and accordingly results in a subtle output layout which will benefit yourself from locating barcode data more efficiently 7 3 2 1 Enable Disable Preamble Code Preamble Code refers to a sequence of characters which precedes both Prefix Code and barcode data during data transmission Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Preamble Code Disable C0000 Enable 0001 7 3 2 2 Enable Disable Postamble Code Postamble Code refers to a sequence of characters which appends to both barcode data and Suffix Code during data transmission Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Postamble Code Disable C0010 Enable C0011 147 Enter End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 2 3 Enable Disable Prefix Code Prefix Code is a sequence of characters interposed between Preamble Code and barcode data during data transmission Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Prefix Code Disable C0020 Enable
147. ary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd F15E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of RSS Limited symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 18 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info InsO0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 18 9 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos F16E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Ins1Pos F17E0 Length 1 digit Range 0
148. ate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of Interleaved 2 of 5 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead DF4E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every Interleaved 2 of 5 symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 7 7 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of Interleaved 2 of 5 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd DF5EO Leng
149. barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 88 End NO Editing General Settings 6 3 2 Set CMD Escape Character In most cases this parameter is used to specify the position where the command options are retrieved to execute the modified operations for the specified command line especially when you are working with a terminal program to send commands to the scanner Once lt CMD gt escape character is well defined please properly append the desired and valid command options to the escape character to achieve the attempt CmdTypeChar A52E2 Length 1 digit Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 Scan Enter barcode Scan CmdTypeChar barcode to configure lt CMD gt escape character Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be character in length For instance to demand a special interpretation for the string 99 following lt CMD gt escape character scan 7 first and then E to assign the specified hexadecimal value 7E Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 89 End ANIC A Editing General Settings 6 3 3 Set BAR Escape Character BAR escape character is use
150. be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 4 11 Set Code ID for EAN 13 A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for EAN 13 ID D5CE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for EAN 13 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be Au scan 4 1 7 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4175 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 4 12 SetSub Code ID for EAN 13 A user defined Sub Code ID functions as an identity for some specific types of symbologies to verify whether or not
151. be exposed to a variety of helpful knowledge regarding ES321 from LED beeper indications to the functionality of button triggers before you start with the scanner Not only will it assist you in correctly and efficiently using ES321 but also help to use your time and efforts more wisely It is encouraged to go back to this chapter for a quick reference whenever you encounter difficulties in operating the machine Enter 14 End ANIC A Knowing your Scanner 3 1 Configuration Flowchart The below figure illustrates the sequences of scan events leading up to a positive scan result The improper operation will not only waste your efforts but also likely produce the disappointing result which might be mistakenly viewed as a product defect Please be advised to refer to the flowchart whenever you attempt a scan ENTER barcode IH eter Configuration mode Setup barcodes Select the setup barcode out of barcode pools to scan You need to go through this process only when the setup barcode you select to scan requires additional Hexadecimal Decimal barcodes configurations involving variable binding activities To barcodes complete the configuration for special setup barcodes please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table to scan SET barcode relevant value barcodes Afterwards you are required MI 1 1 to read Set label to validate your configuration END barcode M Read END label to exi
152. ble in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to defer transmitting a digit for 0 2 seconds scan 2 0 and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 200 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 109 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 22 Set Time Delay for a Record for HID This parameter refers to the amount of elapsed time to delay transmitting a record Please follow the below steps to set time delay for transmitting a record if the associated operations are performed using USB HID interface StdHidTxGapTime ABFEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 10ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StdHidTxGapTime barcode to configure delay time for a record for HID Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to defer transmitting a digit for 0 2 seconds scan 2 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 20 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 110 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 23 Set Time Delay for a Specified Digit for SPP This parameter refers to the amount of elapsed t
153. can End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 313 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 19 GS1 Databar Stacked RSS 14 Stacked 8 19 1 RSS 14 Stacked Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable RSS 14 Stacked Disable F2000 Enable 001 F2 Transmit Application ID 8 19 2 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit Application ID 01 Disable F2040 Enable F2041 8 19 3 Transmit Symbology ID Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit Symbolgoy ID e0 Disable F2050 Enable 051 F2 Enter 314 End NOE Configuring Symbology 8 19 4 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Disable F2070 Enable F2 071 8 19 5 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable F2060 Enable 061 F2 8 19 6 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of RSS
154. can TimeConChar barcode to configure time separator 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 1 character in length For instance to use character to break down Time information scan 3 first and then A to assign the specified hexadecimal value 3A 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 83 End ANIC A Editing General Settings 6 2 22 Set Time out Period for Configuration Mode The timeout period mentioned here refers to the length of time the device is allowed to remain idle ever since ENTER barcode is scanned to initiate Configuration mode Once the time out session expires the scanner will automatically exit Configuration mode This parameter allows you to configure the timeout limit which works best for you SetupTime A5FEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan SetupTime barcode to configure the length of the timeout session 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired decimal value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set timeout period to 1 second then scan 1 to assign the specified decimal value 1 4 Scan SET bar
155. ce AppStd BE1DO AER USBHid BE1D1 I USB BE1D2 Spp BE1D3 Usb BE1DA 7 3 1 3 Set Small Trigger Functionality Small Trigger is designed to perform various supplementary operations from deleting single scanned data charge to switching to data transmission mode according to the length of time the button has been pressed To facilitate the associated operations with Small Trigger this parameter is available to specify the degree of Small Trigger s functionality Scan Disable label to specify Small Trigger will not provide any additional function On the other hand when Mem Tx is enabled the device is able to switch to data transmission mode by keeping holding Small Trigger long enough to trigger off a solid orange LED light By default Small Trigger is set for maximum functionality without limit Disable BE290 Del BE291 Enter 136 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes Mem Tx BE292 Normal BE293 7 3 1 4 Set Composite Triggers Functionality Some supplementary functions are necessarily executed by using composite triggers though Scan Button primarily serves to scan barcodes and Small Trigger to initiate data transmission In Memory mode all the scanned barcode data will be deleted by pressing small trigger and Scan button in a specified sequence described below while holding the smaller till th
156. character 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be character in length For instance to demand a special interpretation for the string following lt STX gt escape character scan 2 first and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 25 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 91 End ATA Editing General Settings 6 3 5 Set lt gt Escape Character In general a valid command string is required to end with a stop delimiter which is appended to the command code to denote the end of a command string By associating this user defined parameter with the desired control codes you are able to create your own custom end digit EtxChar A54E2 MIRI Length 1 digit Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan EtxChar barcode to configure ETX escape character 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 1 character in length For instance to demand a special interpretation for the string following lt ETX gt escape character scan 5 first and then E to assign the specified hexadecimal value SE 4 5
157. ciate with the set of parameters in Section 8 2 8 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar D18E3 THEO seta GHEE TER idl Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configurations if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 2 10 Set Code ID for UPC A A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID ID D1CE3 for UPC A Length 2 digits Enter 205 End AMAT TCA A ANIA A Configuring
158. cified Digit for SPP This parameter refers to the amount of elapsed time to delay transmitting a specified character Please follow the below steps to set time delay for transmitting a specified digit if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces BtSppExtTime AEBEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 10ms Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan BtSppExtTime barcode to configure delay time for a specified digit for SPP 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to defer transmitting a specified digit for 1 second scan 1 to assign the specified decimal value 100 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 163 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 9 Set Timeout for SPP Timeout is initiated when the device keeps waiting for an event to occur and thus remains idle for a period of time during the data transmission This parameter allows you to specify the amount of time to elapse before timeout is officially triggered Please follow the below steps to configure the timeout period if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces BtSppTxOtTime Length 1 digit Range 2 255 Unit 1000ms
159. cimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 7 10 Set Code ID CO Interleaved 2 of 5 A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for Interleaved 2 of 5 ID DFCE3 Length 2 digits Enter 242 End ANTA Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for Interleaved 2 of 5 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be Au scan 4 1 7 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4175 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration
160. cksum type determines the checksum algorithm which serves to detect if an error occurs during the decoding process Scan the appropriate barcode to examine whether or not the barcode continas the check digit and to further apply the related error detection mechanism to the scanned data Disable EA180 Enable EA181 8 15 3 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Disable EA070 Enable EA071 8 15 4 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message Enter 291 End ANTA Configuring Symbology by getting rid of leading zeros Disable EAO60 Enable EA061 8 15 5 Set Minimum Maximum Code Length MinLength and MaxLength parameters are used to define the minimux and maximum code length for Plessey symbolgoy which enables to personalize the resulting decoded barcodes by beforehand filtering out the barcodes which fall out of range However depending on the value associated with two configurable parameters the interaction between the minimum and the maximum directly determines how the scanned data will be treated Plesase refer to the below chart for more detailed information Condition MaxLength gt MinLength gt 0 MinLength gt 0 and MaxLength is undefined MaxLength gt 0 and MinLength is undefined
161. code to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Set Time out Period for Decoding Add on Codes This feature refers to the amount of time allocated to decode the extra add on code for UPC A UPC E EAN 13 and EAN 8 symbologies Within the specified time frame the supplementary symbol will be decoded and then transmitted as part of the output data if identified in the scanned barcode To ensure the parameter functions normally you have to properly enable the add on symbol in WPC barcdoes at the same time to have it recognizable during the decoding process Enter 84 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Editing General Settings BarWaitAddonCnt A58E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 2 3 4 5 Scan Enter barcode Scan BarWaitAddonCnt barcode to configure the length of the timeout session Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired decimal value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set timeout period to 1 second then scan 1 to assign the specified decimal value 1 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 6 2 24 Set Count of Barcode Verification There are some occasions in which you will have to compromise on scanning speed in exchange for sc
162. complete the configuration Enter 174 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 22 Set Machine Name Machine Name refers to the name of the scanner and serves as an identification name for other Bluetooth devices except for Bluetooth dongle A302 A303 to initiate the pairing process Scan the below barcode to specify the preferred machine name for the scanner BtDevName B14E6 Length 12 digits Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BtDevName barcode to configure the machine name Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 12 characters in length For instance to set the device name to be BT Scanner scan 5 2 5 4 2 0 5 3 6 3 6 1 6 E 6 E 6 5 7 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 5254205363616E6E6572 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 175 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 23 Set Bluetooth address for Dongle 302 303 Mac Address information is required for the scanner to locate Bluetooth dongle A302 303 for establishment of a Bluetooth connection Please associate this parameter with the Bluetooth address of the Bluetooth device BtMacAddr B28FE Length 12 digits O F
163. custom BR Ax Clear ASCII table _ Scripting Seton CRLF StayonTop 3500 1 2 Graph Rlemote Receive CLEAR Iv AutoScroll z C HEX Dec Bi ResetCnt 13 2 Crt 0 aso _StattLog 51021 02 _Reg Resp F Hee gi 64 Now you are able to receive barcode data via terminal software Data ber Pasty fStop bis Handshaking 57600 5 more T 19200 115200 6 odd C RTS CTS 1000 Cem C15 MONDE C 256000 C ms C RISATSeONADEF C S800 C 5 8 C lt RISonTX invert Auc Die Comect 7 Time Sueamicg pa 501 Se me Sawe Fic Fm swat UM one em m Beata TS 4 Semi Begnen TO Establish a Bluetooth Connection 5 2 6 Bluetooth Dongle A302 Connection Mode Bluetooth Dongle A302 is a specialized Bluetooth peripheral device adapted for use of ES321 via HID interface in attempt to leverage Bluetooth technology An optional purchase of Bluetooth dongle A302 could prevent you from going through the complicated configuration since it is well programmed beforehand with all the necessary Bluetooth settings before the delivery Accordingly performing Bluetooth operations out of ES321 for the very first time simply demands a press of button to recover the Bluetooth connection which is earlier configured unless the scanner is re programmed to pair with third party dongle or other Bl
164. d buzzer frequency Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set Good Read buzzer frequency to 10000 Hz scan 1 0 and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 100 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 4 2 17 Set Good Read Buzzer Duration Please follow the below steps to specify buzzer duration when a barcode is decoded successfully BzGoodRdTime C59E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 10ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BzGoodRdTime barcode to configure Good Read buzzer duration Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of to 255 For instance to set Good Read buzzer duration for 0 2 seconds scan 2 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 20 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 185 End ATA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 2 18 Set Good Read Vibrator Duration Please follow the below steps to specify the length of time the device stays in a state of vibration when a barcode is decoded successfully ViberatorGoodRdTime C5AEO Length 1 digit Ran
165. d messages but to precisely describe it expects to emulate line terminators to break transmission line Consequently it is strongly suggested to associate this configurable parameter with equivalent ASCII code value for line terminators Please follow the below steps to configure Postamble Code PostambleChar COEE3 Length 2 digits Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan PostambleChar barcode to configure Postamble Code Please refer to ASCII Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set postamble code to be lt CR gt lt LF gt scan 0 D 0 and then A to assign the specified hexadecimal value 0DOA Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 155 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 2 21 Set Prefix Code In the process of transmitting data Prefix Code is normally interposed between Preamble Code and barcode data as a user defined string to format the output data It seems that Preamble Code and Prefix Code both provide exactly the same formatting function but in fact they work slight differently in terms of their functionality Unlike Preamble Code which intends to function as line terminators to appropriately break line in data transit Prefix Code is more inclined t
166. d number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every Code 11 symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 13 7 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of Code 11 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd E75E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 280 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every Code 11 symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 13 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins
167. d to specify the position where the barcode is According to the configuration the decoder will treat the characters following the parameter value as barcode data to further perform relevant process BarTypeChar A53E2 LIED Length 1 digit Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be Scan BarTypeChar barcode to configure BAR escape character character in length For instance to demand a special interpretation for the string following BAR escape character amp scan 2 first and then 6 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 26 4 5 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 90 End ATA Editing General Settings 6 3 4 Set lt STX gt Escape Character In general a valid command string is required to begin with a start delimiter which precedes the command code to denote the start of a command string By associating this user defined parameter with the desired control codes you are able to create your own custom start digit StxChar A55E2 Length 1 digit Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan StxChar barcode to configure STX escape
168. de parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead E94E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every MSI symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 14 7 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of MSI barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd E95E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 287 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of
169. e configuration TrunEnd EB5E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every Plessey symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 15 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 15 9 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos EB6EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Ins1Pos EB7EO Length 1 digit Range 0 Enter 294 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan E
170. e Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for Maxtrix 2 of 5 ID E3CE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for Maxtrix 2 of 5 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be 39 scan 3 3 3 and then 9 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 3339 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 255 End ATA Configuring Symbology 8 10 Codabar NW7 8 10 1 Enable Disable Codabar NW7 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable Codabar NW7 Disable DC000 Enable DC001 8 10 2 Configure the Start Stop Pattern This feature allows you to specify the format of the 4 digit start stop characters as part of the decoded Codabar symbol Scan ABCD ABCD label to output decoded message with its configured start and stop characters of ABCD As a substitute you may also send out codes in other alternative forms to transmit as both start and stop symbols to add ABCD and TN E individually to the start and the end of transmitted Codabar data or to use abed and tn e instead Scan the a
171. e allocated for the device to stay in standby before being totally shut down StandbyTime B9FEO Length 1 digit Range 30 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StandbyTime barcode to configure idle duration Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 30 to 255 For instance to set Standby duration to be 30 seconds scan 3 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 30 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 123 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 3 Output Editing Options The parameters fallen into this category focus on functionality relevant to output editing in Cable mode With these available editing settings you can arrange plentiful scanned barcode in your own style and accordingly results in a subtle output layout which will benefit yourself from locating barcode data more efficiently 7 2 3 1 Enable Disable Preamble Code Preamble Code refers to a sequence of characters which precedes both the Prefix Code and barcode data during data transmission Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Preamble Code Disable BAOOO Enable BAO01 7 2 3 2 Enable Disable Postamble Code Postamble Code refers to a sequence of charac
172. e determines the checksum algorithm which serves to detect if an error occurs during the decoding process Scan the appropriate barcode to examine whether or not the barcode continas the check digit and to further apply the related error detection mechanism to the scanned data Disable DE180 Enable DE181 8 7 3 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Disable DE070 Enable Enter 237 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 7 4 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan Enable label to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable DEO60 Enable DE061 Set Minimum Maximum Code Length MinLength and MaxLength parameters are used to define the minimux and maximum code length for Interleaved 2 of 5 symbolgoy which enables to personalize the resulting decoded barcodes by beforehand filtering out the barcodes which fall out of range However depending on the value associated with two configurable parameters the interaction between the minimum and the maximum directly determines how the scanned data will be treated Plesase refer to the below chart for more detailed information Enter 238 End AAA Configuring Symbology Condition Descriptions MaxLength MinLength 0 The barcode of which the length has to fall within the range from MinLength to MaxLength will be decoded MinLength
173. e orange LED light starts flashing rapidly press down Scan button at the same time and then release both buttons Scan the appropriate label to enable or disable functionality of file deletion Disable BE280 DelAll BE281 7 3 1 5 Enable Disable Battery Charge Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to initiate battery charge whenever the device is well connected to host PC using an interface cable and switched to Memory mode Disable BE300 Enable BE301 7 3 1 6 Set Good Read Buzzer Volume Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the volume of Good Read Buzzer when a barcode is decoded successfully The higher level indicates the louder sound Enter 137 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes Level1 BE480 Level2 BE481 Level3 BE482 DLP ETT Level4 BE483 7 3 1 7 Set Warning Buzzer Volume Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the volume of Warning Buzzer when an error occurs The higher level indicates the louder sound Level1 BE490 TERRAE Level2 BE491 WAN Level3 BE492 AMAA Level4 BE493 7 3 1 8 Set Normal Event Buzzer Volume Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the volume of Normal Event Buzzer when certain operations such as switching operat
174. e required to set Scan Mode to be Continue which enables scan light to stay on for a specified period of time to continuously scan plenty of barcodes without interruption BarGoodRdTime A5AEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 10ms Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan BarGoodRdTime barcode to configure the length of the timeout session 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired decimal value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set timeout period to 0 1 second scan 1 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 10 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 6 2 26 Set Header Information Header information refers to additional messages preceding to data output while the scanned barcodes are sent out in Memory mode This special parameter allows you to customize your own custom header to add clarity of transmitted data Header A7O0E6 Length 12 digits Enter 86 End NO Editing General Settings Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Header barcode to configure the length of the timeout session 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desi
175. e right panel Select Slave in the Configure BtPinCode and BtDevName OutType combo box Then click Save according to your reference but leave icon on the toolbar to save your BtMacAddr with the default value settings 000000000000 Barcode Scanner Soumge uned Beie cec a Barcode Scanner Setting Untitled on arse File Sync Communication Help a DEW comers ls E 1 12 Select Communication gt Download 1 13 Select Sync Offlink to complete the U Parm file to apply the cutomized configuration settings to the scanner eq Barcode Scanner Setting USetting dat ng Barcode ScannerSetting Untitled dat lt te QR File Communication Help File Syne Communication Help n Properties Du E Download B Parm File S Link Download U Parm File E Coe i Download Kernel File Pom LM pair Key 1Mode Key 1AndKey0Mode OutBt Upload B Parm File Upload U Parm File Enable BzGoodRdVol OutBtStr InitChoStat Upload File OutBtStri I E 5 App Get RTC 7 VratorGoodRd Paringtime 90 Appstd BaWarringVol Set V Vibrator Warning BzGoodRdFreq 27 AppStdBar v V VibratorMode vent BzGoodRdTme 10 I AppMemBar v V BzGoodRd BarHibernateTime 10 AppBt Establish a Bluetooth Connection step Pair the scanner with third party Bluetooth dongle
176. e scanner with third party or built in dongles and receive data via the available word processing applications such Microsoft word Notepad and so on iOS Those who intend to receive data via iOS products such as iPhone and iPad A 303 Dongle Those who intend to establish a connection with Bluetooth dongle A 303 A 302 Dongle Those who intend to establish a connection with Bluetooth dongle A 302 Enter 27 End NO Establish a Bluetooth Connection 5 2 Setup your Own Bluetooth Connection As far as configurations of Bluetooth connection are concerned this section aims to exemplify how you are able to establish a Bluetooth connection between ES321 and Bluetooth devices in hands via step by step instructions 5 2 1 Slave Connection Mode step Configure the scanner either using the utility program or scanning programming barcodes programming By means of the utility program provided you need not worry about the incorrect barcode sequence which possibly leads to the unexpected and wrong result However another alternative scanning programming barcodes is still offered if you pursue a more efficient configuration of the device In case that you would rather not take time to figure out how to exploit the utility program directly scanning the sequence of programming barcodes will work for you Scanning Programming Barcodes 1 1 Configure Output Interface of the 1 2 Configure Mac
177. e terminal software In the example we will demonstrate the case with the free terminal emulation application Terminal Correctly configure COM Port with the value matching the generated incoming COM port and then press down Connect button to ensure the termial application is connected Keep the application running in the background Siac Configure your scanner either using the utility program or scanning programming barcodes Two alternatives take different approaches to serve the same purpose Select utility program to set up the device if you incline to avoid from dealing with lengthy and problematic barcode sequences which constantly end up nullifying your efforts For those who prefer a straightforward solution it is suggested to scan the sequence of programming barcodes to have your device programmed before use Scanning Program Barcodes 3 1 Enter Configure Output Interface of the 3 2 Configure Mac Address by scanning the scanner to be Master by scanning the sequence of barcodes as the below sequence of barcodes as the below illustration shows illustration shows ENTER S ENTR trs SMENTR AME BtMacAddr BO8FE barcod ese cus MIHI corresponding to the AAT SET 1L of the dongle from ZEND iv Decimal Hexadecimal END RENE pu Scan the sequence of End AMAA Establish a Bluetooth Connection
178. e the configuration Enter 305 End AAT A NOE Configuring Symbology 8 17 7 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of RSS 14 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd EF5EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every RSS 14 symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 17 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info InsO0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that
179. ease be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos 16 0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Ins1Pos E17E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 247 End AMAIA CA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 8 9 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 8 9 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the posit
180. ect from HID Interface 3 1 Scan the below barcodes to activate HID 3 2 Launch the existing text editing software interface to receive barcode data ENTER S PROG IM Et CNProgram Files x86 Notepad v64 5 bin minimelist Record lt s GAA MRE 82O MAV MAN EMMY BS meo x 91 sil 1 4 Ral be ex 5 07070 Keyboard S ZKBD Ln 1 Col l Sel 0 O Dos Windows as UTF 8 INS Virtual COM Interface 3 1 Scan the below barcodes to activate 3 2 Go to Control Panel gt Device Manager Virtual COM interface The created virtual COM port would be found in Ports COM amp LPT group In ENTER PROG AMD n e virtual COM port RS232 Default 967232 Enter 63 End Establish a Bluetooth Connection 3 3 Run the terminal software In the example we will demonstrate the case with a free terminal Enter emulation application Terminal Correctly configure COM Port with the value matching the generated virtual COM port and then press down Connect button to ensure the termial application is connected A dd Connect Stop bits Handshaking none 4 C odd C RIS CTS ST C even C 15 C XON OFF pun C mak C RTS CTS DN XDFF Qut C C 2 C RTS on TX inver Settings ior AutoDis Connect Time Stream log
181. eference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 9 9 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos Enter 261 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology InsOPosChar DD8E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar DDAE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsO0PosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 10 13 Set Code ID for Codabar A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own C
182. elimiterChar barcode to configure the delimiter Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 1 character in length For instance to use character to break down the output string scan 3 first and then B to assign the specified hexadecimal value Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 2 3 18 Set Delimiter Between Time and Date Stamps Delimiter refers to a specified character or a set of characters used to divide lengthy transit data into a group of data By associating the parameter with the valid value the specified delimiter will be interposed between timestamps and the decoded message to have transmitted data better formatted However to make sure this parameter functions properly please refer to Section 7 2 3 12 and Section 7 2 3 13 to enable time and date stamps as well Enter 130 End AMAA Setting up your Operation Modes DateTimeSpareChar 2 Length 1 digit Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan DateTimeSpareChar barcode to configure the delimiter 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string 66 99 which has to be 1 character in length
183. equence of barcodes V corresponding to the SET OK desired Device Name TTE nt Decimal Hexadecimal ZEND table in Appendix A END 44 End AAA Establish a Bluetooth Connection Using Utility Program 1 1 1 2 Please have your scanner connected to Host PC using USB cable To create a virtual COM port for the utility to access your scanner Read Enter label gt scan ISP barcode The scanner will emit one long sound and six short rapid sounds followed by two short slow sounds as a successful attempt ENTER S ENTR ISP ZISP 1 4 Invoke the utility program located in Enter Product CD 1 3 Go to Control Panel Device Manager The created virtual COM port would be found in Ports COM amp LPT group In the example COMA is used as the virtual COM port E oes oro SEE File Action View Help 4 e m3 1 1d m ots 4 38 Canmax THINK Batteries 2 Biometric Devices Computer ca Disk drives Display adapters IDE ATA ATAPI controllers Imaging devices Keyboards F Mice and other pointing devices Modems KK Monitors Network adapters 47 Ports COM amp LPT IP Virtual COM Port COM4 Processors DP Security Devices JE SM Driver a Sound video and game controllers System devices Universal Serial Bus controllers COM4 115200 Untink End Establish a Bluetoo
184. estamp information Scan Before label to position timestamps on the left side of the barcode and read After label to append timestamps to the barcode Before BA120 After BA121 127 Enter End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 3 12 Enable Disable Date Information Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit date information along with the decoded message Disable BA130 Enable BA131 7 2 3 13 Enable Disable Time Information Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit time information along with the decoded message Disable BA140 Enable BA141 7 2 3 14 Enable Disable Barcode Verification Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable barcode verification mechanism which allows the decoder to decode the scanned data repetitively for better accuracy By default when the feature is enabled the device will verify the barcode one more time To secify the particular number of times for executing barcode verfication please refer to Section 6 2 23 in Chapter 6 to further configure BarDbIConfirmCnt parameter Disable BA210 Enable BA211 7 2 3 15 Reject Same Scan the appropriate label to configure your scanner not to decode the barcode which is Enter 128 End
185. et ACK timeout to be 1 then scan 1 to assign the specified decimal value 1 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 2 1 16 Set Caps Lock setting for HID This parameter provides the alternative to emulate Caps Lock which is a lock key to change the letter case of the typed alphabets Read either Caps Lock On or Caps Lock off label to initiate the inversion of the letter case However in this case the status of Caps Lock on your physical keyboard should be also taken into account As to the mutual interaction between Caps lock key on the keyboard and the capital settings please refer to the below chart to achieve the attempt Alternatively scan Alt Keyoad label to determine the letter case of typed alphabets by keystroke combinations of Alt ASCII code regardless of the status of Caps Lock key Auto label is to transmit the barcode data without inverting its case ABCdef ABCdef Enter 105 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes Cap Locks Status Caps Lock On Caps Lock Off Scanner Options Caps Lock On ABCdef abcDEF Caps Lock Off abcDEF ABCdef Alt Keypad ABCdef ABCdef Auto ABOAO Caps Lock Off ABOA1 ps Lock On ABOA2 Alt Keypad ABOA3 7 2 1 17 Enable Disable Num Lock for HID Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Num Lock if the associated operations
186. et Normal Event Buzzer Volume VI 119 120 121 122 123 124 124 124 125 125 125 126 126 126 127 127 127 128 128 128 128 129 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 135 135 136 136 137 137 137 138 138 7 3 1 9 7 3 1 10 7 3 1 11 7 3 1 12 7 3 1 13 7 3 1 14 7 3 1 15 7 3 1 16 7 3 1 17 7 3 1 18 7 3 1 19 7 3 1 20 7 3 1 21 7 3 1 22 7 3 1 23 7 3 1 24 7 3 2 7 3 2 1 7 3 2 2 7 3 2 3 7 3 2 4 7 3 2 5 7 3 2 6 7 3 2 7 7 3 2 8 7 3 2 9 7 3 2 10 7 3 2 11 7 3 2 12 7 3 2 13 7 3 2 14 7 3 2 15 7 3 2 16 7 3 2 17 7 3 2 18 7 3 2 19 7 3 2 20 7 3 2 21 Table of Contents Enable Disable Good Read Vibrator Enable Disable Warning Vibrator Enable Disable Normal Event Vibrator Enable Disable Good Read Buzzer Enable Disable Warning Buzzer Enable Disable Normal Event Buzzer Set Data Transmission Unit Deletion of Transmitted Data Enable Disable Header Info Enable Disable Footer Info Set Good Read Buzzer Frequency Set Good Read Buzzer Duration Set Good Read Vibrator Duration Set Activation Duration Set Idle Duration Set Standby Duration OUTPUT EDITING OPTIONS Enable Disable Preamble Code Enable Disable Postamble Code Enable Disable Prefix Code Enable Disable Suffix Code Enable Disable Code ID Set Position of Code ID Enable Disable Barcode Length Info Enable Disable Symbology Name Enable Disable Control Code Info Enable Disable Delimiter Set Timestamps Position
187. et Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 16 10 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos ED6EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Ins1Pos ED7EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 301 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 16 10 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosCh
188. ether or not to enable RSS Expanded Disable F4000 Enable F4001 8 20 2 Transmit Application ID Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit Application ID 01 Disable F4040 Enable F4041 8 20 3 Transmit Symbology ID Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit Symbolgoy ID e0 Disable F4050 Enable F4051 8 20 4 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Enter 319 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Disable F4070 Enable F4071 8 20 5 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable F4060 Enable F4061 8 20 6 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of RSS Expanded barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead F54E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode
189. fact they work slight differently in terms of their functionality Unlike Preamble Code which intends to function as line terminators to appropriately break line in data transit Prefix Code is more inclined to clarify the difference among lines by binding with any type of characters which is only identifiable for you to achieve the attempt Please follow the below steps to configure Prefix Code PrefixChar C70E5 Length 8 digits Enter 197 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan PrefixChar barcode to configure Prefix Code Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired the desired string which has to be at most 8 characters in length For instance to set prefix code to be ABCD scan 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 and then 4 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 41424344 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 4 3 22 Set Suffix Code In the process of transmitting data Suffix Code is normally interposed between barcode data and Postamble Code as a user defined string to format the output data By binding this configurable parameter with parameter value which is identifiable for you to achieve the attempt Suffix Code is meant to identify the difference among lines whereas functi
190. fter data transmission is completed Disable 7 Enable BE7A1 7 3 1 17 Enable Disable Header Info Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit header information as part of transmitted data in Memory mode Disable BE760 Enable BE761 141 Enter End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 1 18 Enable Disable Footer Info Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit footer information as part of transmitted data in Memory mode Disable BE770 Enable BE771 7 3 1 19 Set Good Read Buzzer Frequency Please follow the below steps to specify the buzzer frequency when a barcode is decoded successfully BzGoodRdFreq BF8EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 100Hz Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BzGoodRdFreq barcode to configure Good Read buzzer frequency Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal values barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set Good Read buzzer frequency to 10000 Hz scan 1 0 and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 100 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 3 1 20 Set Good Read Buzzer Duration Plea
191. ge 0 255 Unit 10ms Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ViberatorGoodRdTime barcode to configure Good Read Vibrator duration 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set Good Read buzzer duration for 0 2 seconds scan 2 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 20 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 186 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 2 19 Set Activation Duration In general after Scan button is pressed down LED light will emit a stream of light for a scan attempt This parameter is thus used to specify activation duration which indicates the amount of time LED light will stays on after Scan button is held BarScanTime C5DEO Length 1 digit Range 5 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan BarScanTime barcode to configure activation duration 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal values barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 5 to 255 For instance to set activation duration to be 10 seconds scan 1 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 10 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the vari
192. h is The barcode will be decoded only when its length is no less undefined than MinLength MaxLength gt 0 and MinLength is The length of the decoded barcode has to be no more than undefined MaxLength MinLength Max Length gt 0 The barcode with the fixed length of MinLength or MaxLength will be decoded MinLength MaxLength 0 The barcode will be decoded on the condition that its length is equal to either MinLength or MaxLength MinLength lt 0 and MaxLength lt 0 code length limit is enforced MinLength D92E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 MaxLength D93E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan MinLength barcode to set the minimum code length if necessary Otherwise skip Steps 2 4 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set its code length to be 2 scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan MaxLength barcode and then repeat Steps 3 4 to set the maximum code length if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 232 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 6 9 Remove Leading Characters
193. he specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 2 7 Removing Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of UPC A barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd D15E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 203 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every UPC A symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 2 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info InsO0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to
194. he pairing process gt Scan the below barcode NTER S ENTR ZPAR p w IMPORTANT Please properly perform Step 2 1 and 2 2 to ensure the dongle is able to detect the scanner at any time While following the below steps to proceed with the configuration please make sure that scanner always stays in Bluetooth mode and awaits a Bluetooth connection by an indication of a steadily flashing blue light If the scanner is being put into sleep press down either Scan Button or Small Trigger once to wake up the scanner Enter 48 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Establish a Bluetooth Connection 2 3 When Bluetooth device is detected R click on bluetooth icon 8 on the task bar and select Add a Device in the pop up submenu In Add a Device dialogue box the list box will display all the available Bluetooth devices after a search Select the device with the name which you specify for the scanner In this example click on SmartBt item Then hit Next button Add a devic Select a device to add to this computer Windows will continue to look for new devices and display them here SmartBt octh What if Windows doesn t find my device ues Eanes 2 6 Refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in Appendix A to accurately scan the sequence of barcodes which matches to the generated code shown in the dialogue box for pin code verification In this example please scan 6 3 8 8 5 1 1 and 6
195. he position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 234 End AAA Configuring Symbology 8 6 12 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 6 12 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar D98E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar D9AE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsO0PosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value
196. heck digit and to further apply the related error detection mechanism to the scanned data By default two check digits contained in Code 93 symbol will be used to enchance decoding accurency As an option you might either scan One barcode to have only one check character for error detection or read Disable label to skip the process Disable E4180 One E4181 Two E4182 8 12 3 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit E4070 Disable Enter 271 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Enable E4071 8 12 4 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable E4060 Enable E4061 8 12 5 Set Minimum Maximum Code Length MinLength and MaxLength parameters are used to define the minimux and maximum code length for Code 93 symbolgoy which enables to personalize the resulting decoded barcodes by beforehand filtering out the barcodes which fall out of range However depending on the value associated with two configurable parameters the interaction between the minimum and the maximum directly determines how the scanned data will be treated Plesase refer to the below chart for more detailed information Condition MaxLength gt MinLength gt 0 MinLength gt 0 and MaxLength is
197. hey individually intend to perform differs Basically Preamble Code is designed to arrange a layout using line terminators such as carriage return line fee line separator paragraph separator and so on Therefore it is suggested to associate this configurable parameter with equivalent ASCII code value for line terminators whenever you possibly use Preamble Code in the hope of organizing the transmitted message Please follow the below steps to configure Preamble Code PreambleChar Length 2 digits Enter 154 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan PreambleChar barcode to configure Preamble Code 3 Please refer to ASCII Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set preamble code to be lt CR gt lt LF gt scan 0 D 0 and then A to assign the specified hexadecimal value ODOA 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 3 2 20 Set Postamble Code In the process of transmitting data Postamble Code is appended to both Suffix Code and barcode data as a user defined string to format the output data However Postamble Code not simply works like Suffix Code to better format the transmitte
198. hich frequently happens due to the incorrect and reckless scanning sequence However it requires extra pre configuration procedures before the utility program can be executed properly On the other hand the use of barcode programming sequence will lead to a rapid and efficient configuration for your scanner instead of taking time to dig into the seemingly confusing application Considering all pros and cons mentioned above choose the one which fits for your situation Scanning Programming Barcodes 1 1 Configure Output Interface of the scanner to be iOS by scanning the sequence of barcodes as the below illustration shows ENTER S ENTR ios C41D4 MIMIC X END ZEND Enter TEE T ET 1 2 Configure Device Name by scanning the sequence of barcodes as the below figure show By default Device name is set to SmartBt ENTER S ENTR BtDevName 14 6 Scan the sequence of barcodes AR SET OK desired Device Name ME lt s iv Decimal Hexadecimal ZEND table in Appendix A END 51 End NOE Establish a Bluetooth Connection Using Utility Program 1 1 Please have your scanner connected to 1 2 1 4 Enter Host PC using USB cable To create a virtual COM port for the utility to access your scanner Read Enter label scan ISP barcode The scanner will emit one long sound and six short rapid sounds followed by two short slow sounds as a
199. hing on the light whereas either a successful decoding of a barcode or giving it another press correrspondingly switches off the light Please scan the appropriate label to determine your preferred scan mode GoodReadOff B8080 Momentary B8081 Continue B8082 Toogle B8083 7 2 2 2 Set Output Interface Please scan the appropriate barcode to specify the output interface USBHid B81D1 Enter 113 End AAT UM ATA Setting up your Operation Modes USBSpp B81D2 B81D3 Spp 7 2 2 3 Set Small Trigger Functionality Small Trigger is designed to perform various supplementary operations from initiating battery charge to switching to data transmission mode according to the length of time the button has been pressed To facilitate the associated operations with Small Trigger this parameter is available to specify the degree of Small Trigger s functionality Scan Disable label to specify Small Trigger will not provide any additional function On the other hand when Mem Tx is enabled the device is able to switch to data transmission mode by keeping holding Small Trigger long enough to trigger off a solid green LED light Disable B8290 Mem Tx B8292 Set Composite Triggers Functionality Some supplementary functi
200. ich serves to detect if an error occurs during the decoding process Scan the appropriate barcode to examine whether or not the barcode continas the check digit and to further apply the related error detection mechanism to the scanned data Disable D8180 Enable D8181 8 6 6 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Enter 230 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Disable D8070 Enable D8071 8 6 7 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan Enable label to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable D8060 Enable D8061 8 6 8 Set Minimum Maximum Code Length MinLength and MaxLength parameters are used to define the minimux and maximum code length for Code39 symbolgoy which enables to personalize the resulting decoded barcodes by beforehand filtering out the barcodes which fall out of range However depending on the value associated with two configurable parameters the interaction between the minimum and the maximum directly determines how the scanned data will be treated Plesase refer to the below chart for more detailed information Enter 231 End ANTA Configuring Symbology Condition Descriptions MaxLength MinLength 0 The barcode of which the length has to fall within the range from MinLength to MaxLength will be decoded MinLength 0 and MaxLengt
201. igure timeout parameter for HID Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set the timeout period to be 3 seconds then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 112 End ATA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 2 Scanner Options A selection of scanner options from setting button functions to adjusting the buzzer volume and vibrator is offered to personalize the device to suit your usage habits 7 2 2 1 Set Scan Mode Scan Mode refers to how the scanner reacts to the scanned barcode By default Scan Mode is set to be Momentary In this case LED light will stay on as long as Scan button is pressed down and automatically turn off once Scan Button is released or a barcode is scanned However with Good Read Off settings LED will remain lit for a specified period of time with a release of the pressed Scan Button and afterwards dim only when the barcode is successfully decoded or the timeout period expires In Continue Scan Mode the device will continuously send out light till the cable is unplugged after Scan Button is pressed down and then released Scan Toogle label if you intend to gain more flexibility in when to read a barcode A press on Scan Button will lead in switc
202. imal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 15 10 Set Code ID for Plessey A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for Plessey EBCE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 ScanID barcode to tailor Code ID for Plessey to your needs if necessary 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration
203. imal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 11 11 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 11 10 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos Enter 268 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology InsOPosChar DB8E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar DBAE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Ins0PosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length
204. imal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be 11 scan 3 1 3 and then 1 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 3131 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 249 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 9 Matrix 2 of 5 8 9 1 Enable Disable Matrix 2 of 5 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable Matrix 2 of 5 Disable E2000 Enable E2001 8 9 2 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable E2060 Enable 061 E2 8 9 3 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Disable E2070 Enable E2071 8 9 4 Configure Checksum Type Checksum type determines the checksum algorithm which serves to detect if an error occurs during the decoding process Scan the appropriate barcode to examine whether or not the barcode continas the check digit and to further apply the related error detection mechanism Enter 250 End ANTA Configuring Symbology to the scanned data Disable E2180 Enable E2181
205. ime to delay transmitting a specified character Please follow the below steps to set time delay for transmitting a specified digit if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces StdHidTxExtTime ABBEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StdHidTxExtTime barcode to configure delay time for a specified digit for HID Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to defer transmitting a digit for 1 second then scan 1 to assign the specified decimal value 1 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 111 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 24 Set Timeout for SPP Timeout is initiated when the device keeps waiting for an event to occur and thus remains idle for a period of time during the data transmission This parameter allows you to specify the amount of time to elapse before timeout is officially triggered Please follow the below steps to configure the timeout period if the associated operations are performed using USB HID interface StdHidTxOtTime ABCEO Length 1 digit Range 2 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StdHidTxOtTime barcode to conf
206. ing Enable Disable Date Information Enable Disable Time Information Reject Same Enable Disable Barcode Verification Set Type of Case Conversion Set Delimiter Between Date Time Stamps and Barcode Data Set Delimiter Between Date and Time Stamps Set Preamble Code Set Postamble Code Set Prefix Code VII 139 139 139 140 140 140 141 141 141 142 142 142 143 144 145 146 147 147 147 148 148 148 149 149 149 150 150 150 151 151 151 152 152 153 153 154 155 156 7 3 2 22 Table of Contents Set Suffix Code 7 4 BLUETOOTH MODE 7 4 1 OUTPUT INTERFACE OPTIONS 7 4 1 1 7 4 1 2 7 4 1 3 7 4 1 4 7 4 1 5 7 4 1 6 7 4 1 7 7 4 1 8 7 4 1 9 7 4 1 10 7 4 1 11 7 4 1 12 7 4 1 13 7 4 1 14 7 4 1 15 7 4 1 16 7 4 1 17 7 4 1 18 7 4 1 19 7 4 1 20 7 4 1 21 7 4 1 22 7 4 1 23 7 4 1 24 Set Communication Protocol for SPP Enable Disable lt STX gt and lt ETX gt Escape Characters for SPP Enable Disable lt BAR gt and lt CMD gt Escape Characters for SPP Enable Disable Command Mode for SPP Set Transfer Count for Time Delay for SPP Set Time Delay for a Digit for SPP Set Time Delay for a Record for SPP Set Time Delay for a Specified Digit for SPP Set Timeout for SPP Set Retransmission Count for SPP Set ACK timeout for SPP Set Caps Lock setting for HID Enable Disable Num Lock for HID Set IMEs for HID Set Transfer Count for Time Delay for HID Set Time Delay for a Digit fo
207. ion 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 81 End NOE Editing General Settings 6 2 20 Set Date Separator Date separator refers to the specified character which is used to format date data by dividing into different elements of years months and days A customized date format with date separator will greatly increase readability DateConChar A56E2 Length 1 digit Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan DateConChar barcode to configure date separator 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 1 character in length For instance to use character to break down Date information scan 3 first and then A to assign the specified hexadecimal value 3A 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 82 End ANIC A Editing General Settings 6 2 21 Set Time Separator Time separator refers to the specified character which is used to format time data by dividing into different elements of hours minutes and seconds customized time format with time separator will greatly increase readability TimeConChar A57E2 Length 1 digit Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 S
208. ion solid blue mode LED indicates a successful attempt ENTER S ENTR AME V To BT Mode ZTOB Enter 57 End ANNA Establish a Bluetooth Connection How to Re Configure your Scanner to Work with Dongle A303 step Configure your scanner either using the utility program or scanning programming barcodes The approach of utility program will help you accurately program your device with no need to go through the sequence of barcode scans which occasionally produces erroneous results due to the lack of cares As another alternative scanning programming barcodes would work better if you rather adopt a more time saving approach than allocate time or other resources to familiarize with the utility program Scanning Programming Barcodes ENTER S ENTR 1 1 Configure Output Interface of the AMA scanner to be A303 by scanning the sequence of barcodes as the illustration on A303 C41D5 ZEND 1 2 Retrieve Mac Address info on the side of 1 3 Configure Device Name by scanning the Bluetooth dongle A303 and then sequence of barcodes as the below configure Mac Address by scanning the illustration shows sequence of barcodes as the below ENTER MN AMO ENTER S ENTR AMI V BtDevName B34E6 barcodes Scan the sequence of ddr GENER corresponding to the BtMacAddr barcodes SET
209. ion for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 9 10 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos DD6EO instPos 0070 AA NM Length 1 digit Range 0 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 10 12 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With r
210. ion is connected In this Bluetooth connection Now you are able example select COM15 from the combo to receive barcode data via terminal box software Date Paty Spb Ward s f let H w cis 7 2 seien DMC bo FixCley ASCI ttie Sciping T CRAFT i 2 Graph Renee fee ASCE utle fir Bos ah Ren E C Dec Bin Recone CEAR F Mosel _BetCa j 13 S Cwe 0 Gaso Sieg Sits Regier E har wa c 7 Dec On CER Waco 5 S ores GHEX Dee 9 Tint CLEAR SedFh g Ocar _ SREAK CLEAR SedFe ps _ Maior Mej Maj ws msj mrj wm J mz M2 j M3 j Mej j mo j moj wo mtj MIS D 7 IE MIS E wu wis We 7 wx wor wo2 wa Establish a Bluetooth Connection 5 2 2 Master Connection Mode step Configure Bluetooth settings look up for the MAC address of your Bluetooth dongle and create an incoming port 1 1 Secure third party Bluetooth dongle into Host PC 1 2 In Control Panel type Bluetooth in 1 3 In Bluetooth Settings click on Options search box In the list of search results tab to check Allow Bluetooth devices to click on Change Bluetooth Settings find this computer option item A T
211. ion modes entering data transmission mode and deleting all saved barcodes are initiated by using Scan Button or Small Trigger so that LED indicator accordingly changes its blinking frequency or color The higher level indicates the louder sound Enter 138 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes Level1 BE4A0 ATA Level2 BE4A1 ATA Level3 BE4A2 ATA Level4 BE4A3 7 3 1 9 Enable Disable Good Read Vibrator Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Good Read Vibrator when a barcode is successfully decoded Disable BE600 Enable BE601 7 3 1 10 Enable Disable Warning Vibrator Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Warning Vibrator when an error occurs Disable BE610 Enable BE611 7 3 1 11 Enable Disable Normal Event Vibrator Normal Event Vibrator is used to give a vibration signal whenever certain operations such as switching operation modes entering data transmission mode and deleting all saved barcodes are initiated by using Scan Button or Small Trigger so that LED indicator accordingly changes its blinking frequency or color Scan the appropriate barcode to Enter 139 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes enable or disable Normal Event Vibrator Disable BE620 Enable BE621 7 3 1 12 Enable Disable Good Read Buzzer
212. ion of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar E18E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar E1AE3 Length 2 digits Enter 248 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Ins0PosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 8 10 Set Code ID for Industrial 2 of 5 A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for Industrial 2 of 5 E1CE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for Industrial 2 of 5 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadec
213. ions including 2in1 and 3in1 functions for you to choose from Scan the appropriate barcode to determine availability of operation modes Cable A40CO Memory A40C1 Cable Mem A40C2 Bluetooth A40C3 Enter 74 End ANTA Editing General Settings Cable BT A40C4 BT A40C5 Cable Mem BT 40C6 A 6 2 2 Set Date Format Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the date format YYYYMMDD A42C0 MMDDYYYY A42C1 DDMMYYYY A42C2 YYMMDD 42 3 MMDDYY 42 4 DDMMYY 42 5 Enter 75 End ANTA Editing General Settings 6 2 3 Set Time Format Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the time format HHMMSS A42A0 HHMM A42A1 MMSS A42A2 6 2 4 Set Charge Rate Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the charge rate Slow A4300 Quick A4301 Set the Workflow of Operation Modes Switch This parameter specifies how the device switches among different operation modes With StdMode setting the operation mode will compulsorily switch to Cable mode when the device is connected with a cable At the moment the scanner is not able to switch to other modes unless the cable is unplugged from the scanner Without the cable plugged in the de
214. ions to adjusting the buzzer volume and vibrator is offered to personalize the device to suit your usage habits 7 3 1 1 Set Scan Mode Scan Mode refers to how the scanner reacts to the scanned barcode By default Scan Mode is set to be Momentary In this case LED light will stay on as long as Scan button is pressed down and automatically turn off once Scan Button is released or a barcode is scanned However with Good Read Off settings LED will remain lit for a specified period of time with a release of the pressed Scan Button and afterwards dim only when the barcode is successfully decoded or the timeout period expires In Continue Scan Mode the device will continuously send out light till the cable is unplugged after Scan Button is pressed down and then released Scan Toogle label if you intend to gain more flexibility in when to read a barcdoe A press on Scan Button will lead in switching on the light whereas either a successful decoding of a barcode or giving it another press correrspondingly switches off the light Please scan the appropriate label to determine your preferred scan mode GoodReadOff BEO80 Momentary 81 Continue BE082 Toogle BE083 Enter 135 End NOE Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 1 2 Set Output Interface Please scan the appropriate barcode to specify the output interfa
215. irmware version and Bluetooth module version Version ZVER 6 1 4 Abort the Configuration Scan the below barcode to terminate the current operation and exit the configuration mode Abort ZEXT 6 1 5 Update Firmware This setup barcode allows you to attemp a firmware update via the utility program After securing the interface into the scanner and the PC USB port scan the below barcode to create a virtual COM port which avails the utility of the access of the device ISP ZISP Enter 73 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Editing General Settings 6 1 6 Enable Disable Automatic Battery Charger By default the device will automatically initiate the charging process to ensure a sufficient battery level after connected with the interface cable Scan the barcode to enable or disable automatic battery charger If the automatic battery charger is disabled scan the barcode to turn it on Conversely scan the barcode to turn off the automatic charger when the function is enabled Charge On Off ZCHG 6 1 7 Bluetooth Pairing Scan the barcode to initiate the Bluetooth pairing process BtPairing ZPAR 6 2 System Control 6 2 1 Available Operation Modes Taking into account the diversity of the business activities three operation modes are provided to improve efficiency at work The list of setup barcodes below shows varied selections of mode combinat
216. it Next button to check the result Bluetooth device is trying to connect You have to timely click on the message to accordingly have Add a device dialogue box prompted before proceeding with the configuration Enter be und ANTA Establish a Bluetooth Connection 4 5 The appropriate message will pop up to indicate a success when the valid passcode is properly entered If the passcode verification fails due to the timeout please repeat the steps from Step 4 2 to 4 4 This device has been successfully added to this computer Windows is now checking for drivers and will install them if necessary You may need to wait for this to finish before your device is ready to use To verify if this device finished installing properly look for it in Devices and Printers Warning To help protect your computer from someone accessing it without your permission only make your computer discoverable when you want 2 Bluetooth device to find your computer Disable discovery when you no longer need it Enter 43 4 6 Bluetooth established connection is successfully swich back to the terminal application to start receiving barcode data vi Diceret COM Por 1 Osta bie Party Siop bir Hanan A Co Cum Cosmo cs armel fae inns 2 enw 190 exec C 19 015 cam cK E 15 COM awe Cam 77 _ C BIS
217. its exclusive feature is enabled In the case of EAN 13 Sub ID will appear only when symbology conversion from EAN 13 to ISBN ISSN as indicated in Enter 219 End ANTI A Configuring Symbology Seciton 8 4 4 is enabled Please ensure the described parameter is enabled if Sub Code ID is expected to function effectively Sub ID D5EE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Sub ID barcode to tailor Code ID for EAN 13 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be Au scan 4 1 7 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4175 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter End ANTA Configuring Symbology 8 5 EAN 8 8 5 1 Enable Disable EAN 8 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable EAN 8 Disable D6000 Enable D6001 8 5 2 Enable Disable Add On Code Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable an Add on code Disable D6010 Enable 6011 D 8 5 3 Set Type of Add On Code An add on code is a special symbol used to carry extra
218. l value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every Codabar symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 10 10 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of Codabar barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd DD5EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every Codabar symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 260 End ATA Configuring Symbology 8 10 11 Set Posit
219. lar setup barcodes e Barcode Data Barcode Name the default A will be marked in the dark GoodReadOn B8080 Encoded Barcode Data GoodReadOff B8081 ABER blue color For special setup barcodes Barcode Name S Barcode Data BzGoodRdFreq B95E0 ee er Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 100Hz The concept of Reference Range aims to help you efficiently configure the setup barcode with the suggested value in the range In the example you are advised that the value is supposed to be one digit in length to fall on the range from 0 to 255and will be measured in Enter 12 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Introduction 2 In following Configuration Steps you will get the clear idea of how to set up these special barcodes Enter label arranged in the bottom of every page is one of the frequently used barcodes when it comes to conducting your barcode scanning activities To ensure a valid configuration please be advised that you always read ENTER barcode first before proceeding with other setup barcodes Like Enter label End barcode is labeled as another frequently used barcode It is mandatory to scan End barcode at the end to validate your configuration You can easily locate it at the bottom of every page Enter 13 End ANIC A Knowing your Scanner Knowing your Scanner Through this informational chapter you will
220. lease refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to defer transmitting a digit for 0 2 seconds scan 2 0 and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 200 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 161 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 7 Set Time Delay for a Record for SPP This parameter refers to the amount of elapsed time to delay transmitting a record Please follow the below steps to set time delay for transmitting a record if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces BtSppTxGapTime Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 10ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BtSppTxGapTime barcode to configure delay time for a record for SPP Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to defer transmitting a record for 0 2 seconds scan 2 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 20 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 162 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes Set Time Delay for a Spe
221. lue 5 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 99 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 10 Set Time Delay for a Digit for SPP This parameter refers to the amount of elapsed time to delay transmitting a digit Please follow the below steps to set time delay variable for a digit for SPP if the associated operations are performed using the RS 232 or USB COM interfaces StdSppTxCharGapTime AAEEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StdSppTxCharGapTime barcode to configure delay time for a digit for SPP Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to defer transmitting a digit for 0 2 seconds scan 2 0 and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 200 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 100 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 11 Set Time Delay for a Record for SPP This parameter refers to the amount of elapsed time to delay transmitting a record Please follow the below steps to set time delay variable for a record for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB
222. m and the maximum directly determines how the scanned data will be treated Plesase refer to the below chart for more detailed information Condition Descriptions MaxLength gt MinLength gt 0 The barcode of which the length has to fall within the range from MinLength to MaxLength will be decoded MinLength gt 0 and MaxLength is The barcode will be decoded only when its length is no less undefined than MinLength MaxLength gt 0 and MinLength is The length of the decoded barcode has to be no more than undefined MaxLength MinLength Max Length gt 0 The barcode with the fixed length of MinLength or MaxLength will be decoded MinLength gt MaxLength gt 0 The barcode will be decoded on the condition that its length is equal to either MinLength or MaxLength MinLength lt 0 and MaxLength lt 0 code length limit is enforced MinLength 12 0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 MaxLength E13E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 245 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan MinLength barcode to set the minimum code length if necessary Otherwise skip Steps 2 4 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set its code le
223. me Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the volume of Normal Event Buzzer when certain operations such as switching operation modes entering data transmission mode and battery charge are initiated by using Scan Button or Small Trigger so that LED indicator accordingly changes its blinking frequency or color The higher level indicates the louder sound Level1 B84A0 Level2 B84A1 Level3 B84A2 Level4 B84A3 7 2 2 8 Enable Disable Battery Charge Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to initiate battery charge whenever the device is well connected to host PC using an interface cable and switched to Bluetooth mode Disable B8300 Enable B8301 7 2 2 9 Enable Disable Good Read Vibrator Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Good Read Vibrator when a barcode is successfully decoded Disable B8600 Enter 116 End NOE Setting up your Operation Modes Enable B8601 7 2 2 10 Enable Disable Warning Vibrator Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Warning Vibrator when an error occurs Disable B8610 Enable B8611 7 2 2 11 Enable Disable Normal Event Vibrator Normal Event Vibrator is used to give a vibration signal whenever certain operations such as switching operation modes entering data transmission mode and battery ch
224. meters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 21 9 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos F76E0 AMAT M Length 1 digit Range 0 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 21 9 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set
225. mines the checksum algorithm which serves to detect if an error occurs during the decoding process Scan the appropriate barcode to examine whether or not the barcode continas the check digit and to further apply the related error detection mechanism to the scanned data Enter 263 End ATA Configuring Symbology Disable DA180 Enable DA1 8 11 4 Transmit Check Digit 81 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Disable DAO70 Enable DAO71 8 11 5 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable DAO60 Enable DA061 Set Application ID Separtor for UCC 128 GS1 128 8 11 6 Accroding to the encoding rules of UCC 128 GS1 128 the special existence of Application Identifier is used to identify the type of the supplementary info which is appended to the identifier itself This feature primarily allows you to configure the preferred character to enclose application identifiers to further separate the application identifier from the appended message for better readability However the presentation of these configurable enclosed marks might slightly differ depending on which barcode format you specify in Section 8 11 2 ConChar DB1E2 Length 1 digit En
226. mnunicationwatielo device which you look up in the computer Barcode Scanner Setting Untitled File Sync Communication Help 1 12 Select Communication gt Download 1 13 Select Sync Offlink to complete the U Parm file to apply the customized configuration settings to the scanner Properties Link Upload B Parm File Upload U Parm File Upload Kernel File Get RTC Set RTC Enter 47 End AUTE MT ANNA Establish a Bluetooth Connection step Pair the scanner with third party Bluetooth dongle 2 1 Please have your scanner switch to Bluetooth mode Choose one of two alternatives listed below to help you achieve the attempt gt When the current mode indicator does not flash blue please hold Scan Button long enough to have LED light turn a solid color Then after a release of Scan Button you can tell which operation mode it switches to by observing LED color Repeat the steps printed in bold if blue LED does not blink after releasing the Scan Button gt the below barcode ENTER S ENTR 7 2 2 Pair your scanner with third party Bluetooth dongle by either of two options suggested below gt After holding small trigger til blue LED starts blinking rapidly press down Scan Button without releasing Small Trigger Then releasing Scan button and Small trigger at the same time will initiate t
227. n Ins0PosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 18 10 Set Code ID for RSS Limited A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for RSS Limited F1CE3 ID Length 2 digits Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for RSS Limited to your needs Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be IM scan 4 9 4 and then D to assign the specified hexadecimal value 494D Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation S
228. n the device keeps waiting for an event to occur and thus remains idle for a period of time during the data transmission This parameter allows you to specify the amount of time to elapse before timeout is officially triggered Please follow the below steps to configure the timeout period for HID if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces BtHidTxOtTime AFCEO Length 1 digit Range 2 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan BtHidTxOtTime barcode to configure timeout parameter for HID 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 2 to 255 For instance to set the timeout period to be 3 seconds then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 172 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 20 Set PIN Code Pin Code information is required to establish a Bluetooth connection During the pairing process you may be asked to enter Pin code for the verification to ensure the identity and then granted the permission to access the device as a successful verification result Please follow the below steps to configure Pin Code info BtPinCode BOOE9 Length 8 digits
229. nding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 14 10 Set Code ID for MSI A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for MSI E9CE3 Length 2 digits Enter 289 End NOE Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 ScanID barcode to tailor Code ID for MSI to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be scan 5 5 4 and then 1 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 5541 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 290 End AAA Configuring Symbology 8 15 Plessey 8 15 1 Enable Disable Plessey Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable Plessey Disable Enable EA001 8 15 2 Configure Checksum Type Che
230. nding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 3 11 Set Code ID for UPC E A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for UPC A ID D3CE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for UPC E to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be Au scan 4 1 7 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4175 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 212 End NOE Configuring Symbology 8 3 12 SetSub Code ID for UPC E A user defined Sub Code ID functions as an identity for some specific types of symbologies to verify whether or not its exclusive feature is enabled In the case of UPC E this parameter is used to identify those altered UPC E barcodes which are adapted in compliance with UPC
231. ngth For instance to set preamble code to be lt CR gt lt LF gt scan 0 D 0 and then A to assign the specified hexadecimal value ODOA Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 2 3 20 Set Postamble Code In the process of transmitting data Postamble Code is appended to both the suffix code and barcode data as a user defined string to format the output data However Postamble Code not simply works like Suffix Code to better format the transmitted messages but to precisely describe it expects to emulate line terminators to break transmission line Consequently it is strongly suggested to associate this configurable parameter with equivalent ASCII code value for line terminators Please follow the below steps to configure Postamble Code PostambleChar BAEE3 Length 2 digits Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan PostambleChar barcode to configure Postamble Code Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set postamble code to be lt CR gt lt LF gt scan 0 D 0 and then A to assign the specified hexadecimal value 0DOA Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration E
232. ngth to be 2 scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan MaxLength barcode and then repeat Steps 3 4 to set the maximum code length if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 8 6 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of Industrial 2 of 5 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead E14E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every Industrial 2 of 5 symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 246 End NOE Configuring Symbology 8 8 7 Remove Trailing Characters
233. nitiate a time delay referring to an intentional deferment of data transmission Please follow the below steps to set the transfer count for time delay if the associated operations are performed using USB HID interface StdHidTxCharGapCnt ABDEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StdHidTxCharGapCnt barcode to configure the transfer count for time delay for HID Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to initiate a timeout after 10 digits are transmitted scan 1 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 10 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 108 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 21 Set Time Delay for a Digit for HID This parameter refers to the amount of elapsed time to delay transmitting a digit Please follow the below steps to set time delay for transmitting a digit if the associated operations are performed using USB HID interface StdHidTxCharGapTime ABEEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 1ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan StdHidTxCharGapTime barcode to configure delay time for a digit for HID Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table ta
234. ntent 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 12 10 Set Code ID for Code 93 A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for Code 93 E5CE3 Length 2 digits 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for Code 93 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be DM scan 4 4 4 and then D to assign the specified hexadecimal value 444D 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configu
235. nter 132 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 3 21 Set Prefix Code In the process of transmitting data Prefix Code is normally interposed between Preamble Code and barcode data as a user defined string to format the output data It seems that Preamble Code and Prefix Code both provide exactly the same formatting function but in fact they work slight differently in terms of their functionality Unlike Preamble Code which intends to function as line terminators to appropriately break line in data transit Prefix Code is more inclined to clarify the difference among lines by binding with any type of characters which is only identifiable for you to achieve the attempt Please follow the below steps to configure Prefix Code PrefixChar BBOE5 Length 8 digits Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan PrefixChar barcode to configure Prefix Code Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 8 characters in length For instance to set prefix code to be ABCD scan 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 and then 4 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 41424344 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 133 End ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 3 22 Set Suffix Code In
236. nter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 15 9 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 15 8 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar EBSE3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar EBAE3 Length 2 digits Enter 295 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Ins0PosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Dec
237. o clarify the difference among lines by binding with any type of characters which is only identifiable for you to achieve the attempt Please follow the below steps to configure Prefix Code PrefixChar C10E5 Length 8 digits Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan PrefixChar barcode to configure Prefix Code Please refer to ASCII Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 8 characters in length For instance to set prefix code to be ABCD scan 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 and then 4 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 41424344 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 3 2 22 Set Suffix Code In the process of transmitting data Suffix Code is normally interposed between barcode data and Postamble Code as a user defined string to format the output data By binding this configurable parameter with parameter value which is identifiable for you to achieve the attempt Suffix Code is meant to identify the difference among lines whereas functionality of Postamble Code is to arrange the data format by breaking the transmission line Please follow the below steps to configure Suffix Code Enter 156 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes SuffixChar 18 5 Length 8 digits
238. o enable Code 39 Extended which particularly supports the encoding of certain special prefixed symbols such as 90 and in addition to the standard Code 39 character set By default the decoder is configured to read Code 39 Standard symbology Otherwise scan Full ASCII to support Code 39 Extended as an alternative Standard D8190 Full ASCII D8191 8 6 3 Set Format of Code 39 Three options are available to determine the format of Code 39 Code 32 as a variant of Code 39 symbology generally applies similar Code39 character sets and encoding rules but limits its own encoding character set to numberals 0 9 along with captical letters by filterings out the vowel symbols Code 32 with A based on the Code 39 encoding rules will have A character prefixed to the barcode itself as an optional tranmitted digit By default None is set to apply Code 39 format Enter 229 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology None D81A0 Code 32 D81A1 Code 32 with A D81A2 8 6 4 Transmit Start Stop Delimiters Code 39 symbology contains asterisk characters as delimiters Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whetehr to transmit the start and the end symbols of code 39 barcodes Disable D8030 Enable D8031 8 6 5 Configure Checksum Type Checksum type determines the checksum algorithm wh
239. o protect your privacy select this check box only when you want a Bluetooth device to find this computer Connections Allow Bluetooth devices to connect to this computer ary pte ae V Alert me when new Bluetooth device wants to connect a Bluetooth device Change Bluetooth settings lt i V Show the Bluetooth icon in the notification area View devices and printers EN Network and Sharing Center AN set up a connection or network Change settings for Bluetooth enabled device Search Windows Help and Support for bluetooth 1 4 Switching to Hardware tab in the Bluetooth Settings d click on Generic Options COM Ports Hardware Share PIM Interface Bluetooth Radio item in the Device list Devices box Gees Bossa Microsoft Bluetooth Enumerator Device Properties Manufacturer Cambridge Silicon Radio Ltd Location Port_ 0002 Hub_ 0003 Device status This device is working properly Enter 36 End Establish a Bluetooth Connection 1 5 In Generic Bluetooth Radio Properties Generic Bluetooth Radio Propevies E el General Advanced Driver Detais retrieve MAC address of the plugged in Radio Information Name the below figure and marked with red Manufacturer Id 10 HCI version 3 3164 LMP version 3 3164 Bluetooth dongle
240. o tow digit add on code whereas Addon 5 to five digit add on code Or you can select Addon 2 5 to allow the scanner to deoce either two digit or five digit add ons Please scan the appropriate barcode to specify the type of Add on code To have the selected type take effect please do enable Add on code parameter in Section 8 4 2 at same time Furthermore you may refer to Section 6 2 22 in Chapter 6 to further configure the length of time for decoding Add on codes Enter 214 End ANAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology None D4190 Addon 2 4191 D Addon 5 D4192 Addon 2 5 D4193 8 4 4 Convert EAN 13 to ISBN ISSN Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to convert EAN 13 barcodes to ISBN ISSN symbols Disable D4020 Enable 4021 D 8 4 5 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to to determine whether to transmit the check digit Disable D4070 Enable D4071 8 4 6 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan Enable label to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Enter 215 End AMAT TC A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Disable D4060 Enable D4061 8 4 7 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards f
241. ode ID for Codabar DDCE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for Codabar to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be 39 scan 3 3 3 and then 9 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 3339 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 262 End Configuring Symbology 8 11 Code 128 8 11 1 Enable Disable Code 128 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable Code 128 Disable DAOO0 Enable DAOO01 8 11 2 Set Format of Code 128 GS1 128 along with its formerly named symbology UCC 128 are both viewed as the variant forms of Code 128 yet with their individual structure to denote the supplementary information Scan GS1 128 label to spcify GS1 128 as the barcode format whereas read UCC 128 to rearrange bracode data according the structure of UCC 128 By default the standard Code 128 format is used to decode message Standard DA1A0 UCC 128 DA1 A1 12 GS1 128 DA1A2 8 11 3 Configure Checksum Type Checksum type deter
242. of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every Matrix 2 of 5 symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 252 End NOE Configuring Symbology 8 9 7 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of Matrix 2 of 5 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd E35E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every Matrix 2 of 5 symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 9 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Po
243. of Scan Button you can tell which operation mode it switches to by observing LED color Repeat the steps printed in bold if blue LED does not blink after releasing the Scan Button Scan the below barcode ENTER S 6ENTR 5 TMode ZTOB Pair your scanner with third party Bluetooth dongle by either of two options suggested below After holding small trigger til blue LED starts blinking rapidly press down Scan Button without releasing Small Trigger Then releasing Scan button and Small trigger at the same time will initiate the pairing process Scan the below barcode Wil IMPORTANT In order to pair the scanner with iPad please make sure that scanner always stays in Bluetooth mode and awaits a Bluetooth connection by an indication of a steadily flashing blue light If the scanner is being put into sleep press down Scan Button or Small Trigger to wake up the scanner or repeat Step 2 2 when the timeout period expires Enter 55 End NOE Establish a Bluetooth Connection step Configure your Apple products In this example we will demonstrate the case with iPad 3 1 Activate your iPad Tap Setting go to 3 2 From the list of available Bluetooth General gt Bluetooth and then turn on devices in range Click on the device Bluetooth settings which you intend to pair iPad with 3 3 According to pop up message correctly 3 4 Once iPad successfully pairs with the scan the passcode for verification
244. of parameters in Section 8 21 8 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos Enter 327 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology InsOPosChar F78E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar F7AE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsO0PosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 21 10 Set Code ID for RSS Expanded Stacked A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for RSS Expanded Stacked F7CE3 Leng
245. ommunication Upload U Parm File Download B Parm File Download U Parm File Download Kernel File Upload B Parm File Upload U Parm File Upload Kernel File Get RTC SetRTC Enter HATTE M Barcode Scanner Setting Untitled St nn 1 6 Select Sync Link to link the scanner with the utility program Once the link is successfully established Link Property options in Sync menu will be greyed out and the status bar will show associated information 1 8 As a Save as dialogue box pops up specify the file name and click Save button ES Savein jj Bluetooth Setting otim Name Date modified Type ab 10 2014 3 17 F amp 04 DAT File Wecent Pers 2014 3 13 F Ol DAT File 1017 4 2014 3 17 F 04 DAT File _ Bluetooth Setting dat 2011 10 7 F 05 DAT File Desktop 1 Masster dat 2014 3 20 09 DAT File 2014 3 19 F 05 DAT File Untitled dat Libraries a Computer F Network Fle name USeting dat Saveastype Param dat Cancel _ End ANNA Establish a Bluetooth Connection 1 9 After the upload process is done a message box will appear to indicate whether the operation is done successfully 1 10 Click on OutBtStr0 item of the tree 1 11 In the tree view select App AppBt In view in the left panel Afterwards th
246. on 3 Press down Scan Button to transmit all the saved barcode data 3 3 7 Pairing with Bluetooth Devices Please follow the below steps to pair the scanner with other Bluetooth devices Procedure 1 Switch to Bluetooth mode 2 Hold Small Trigger to trigger off a rapidly blinking LED light 3 While LED light is rapidly flashing press down Scan Button without releasing Small Trigger 4 Release both Scan Button and Small Trigger Enter 19 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Quick Start 4 Quick Start Through straightforward instructions provided in this chapter you will shortly familize with fudamental operations of the scanner and further know how to exloit the device in your tasks instead of painstakingly researching into the whole manul This how to guide will focus more on general topics than specific or advanced subjects If you are looking for the latter please refer to other chapters for some detailed explanation Enter 20 End AMAA Quick Start 4 1 Configuration Flowchart Please make sure you always start a scan sequence with ENTER barcode and end with END barcode as a successful attempt Both labels can also be located on the bottom of each page ENTER barcode END barcode desired QUELLE gt 3 4 2 Setup your Scanner 4 2 1 Operation Mode We offer a selection of mode combinations including 2in1 and 3in1 functions for your convenience to improve efficiency
247. onality of Postamble Code is to arrange the data format by breaking the transmission line Please follow the below steps to configure Suffix Code SuffixChar C78E5 Length 8 digits Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan SuffixChar barcode to configure Suffix Code Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired the desired string which has to be at most 8 characters in length For instance to set suffix code to be EFGH scan 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 and then 8 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 45464748 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 198 End AMAT TCA A AMAA Configuring Symbology symbology Configuration This chapter is to present the supported symbol options and to further illustrate how to work out the relevant symbology configurations Before attempting every scan sequence please refer to the configuration chart illustrated in Chapter 3 to ensure you do follow the correct procedures for setting up your scanner Enter 199 End AAA Configuring Symbology 8 1 Default Setting Symbology Enable Disable Code ID UPC A Enabled A UPC E Enabled E EAN 13 Enabled F EAN 8 Enabled FF Code 39 Enabled M Interleaved 2 of 5 Disabled I Industrial 2 of 5 Disabled J Matrix 2 of
248. onfiguring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan MinLength barcode to set the minimum code length if necessary Otherwise skip Steps 2 4 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set its code length to be 2 scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan MaxLength barcode and then repeat Steps 3 4 to set the maximum code length if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 9 6 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of Matrix 2 of 5 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range
249. ons are necessarily executed by using composite triggers though Scan Button primarily serves to scan barcodes and Small Trigger to initiate data transmission In Cable mode battery charge is an extra function which can be initiated by pressing Small Trigger and Scan Button in a specified sequence described below while holding Small Trigger till the green LED light starts flashing rapidly press down Scan Button at the same time and then release both buttons Scan the appropriate label to enable or disable functionality of battery charge Disable B8280 ChgSw 8281 B Enter 114 End ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 2 5 Set Good Read Buzzer Volume Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the volume of Good Read Buzzer when a barcode is decoded successfully The higher level indicates the louder sound Level1 B8480 Level2 B8481 Level3 B8482 evel4 B8483 L 7 2 2 6 Set Warning Buzzer Volume Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the volume of Warning Buzzer when an error occurs The higher level indicates the louder sound Level1 B8490 Level2 B8491 Level3 B8492 Level4 B8493 Enter 115 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 2 7 Set Normal Event Buzzer Volu
250. ood Read Vibrator Duration Set Activation Duration Set Idle Duration Set Standby Duration OUTPUT EDITING OPTIONS Enable Disable Preamble Code Enable Disable Postamble Code Enable Disable Prefix Code Enable Disable Suffix Code Enable Disable Code ID Set Position of Code ID Enable Disable Barcode Length Info Enable Disable Symbology Name Enable Disable Control Code Info Enable Disable Delimiter Set Timestamps Positioning Enable Disable Date Information Enable Disable Time Information Reject Same Enable Disable Barcode Verification Set Type of Case Conversion Set Delimiter Between Date Time Stamps and Barcdoe Data Set Delimiter Between Date and Time Stamps Set Preamble Code Set Postamble Code Set Prefix Code Set Suffix Code 8 SYMBOLOGY CONFIGURATION 8 1 DEFAULT SETTING 182 183 183 183 184 184 185 186 187 187 188 189 189 189 190 190 190 191 191 191 192 192 192 193 193 193 193 194 194 195 196 196 197 198 199 200 8 2 8 2 1 ENABLE DISABLE UPC A 8 2 2 ENABLE DISABLE ADD ON CODE 8 2 3 SET TYPE OF ADD ON CODE 8 2 4 TRANSMIT CHECK DIGIT 8 2 5 TRUNCATE LEADING ZEROS 8 2 6 REMOVE LEADING CHARACTERS 8 2 7 REMOVING TRAILING CHARACTERS 8 2 8 SET POSITION FOR INSERTING CUSTOM INFO 8 2 9 SET MESSAGE CONTENT TO INSERT 8 2 10 SET CODE ID FOR UPC A 8 3 UPC E 8 3 1 ENABLE DISABLE UPC E 8 3 2 ENABLE DISABLE ADD ON CODE 8 3 3 SET OF ADD ON CODE 8 3
251. ooth Mode 5 sec per scan Times Memory Soa Code 39 INT 25 Industrial 2 of 5 Matrix 2 of 5 Supported Barcode Codabar NW7 Code 93 code 128 EAN 128 JAN EAN UPC and fully RSS code GS1 Databar Optical Resolution 752 H x480 V pixels 256 gray levels Minimum PCS Val 630nm Red LED Lamp Linear CCD Image Sensor CCD Type Scan rate 100 scan sec Scan Distance 5 0mm 250mm Scan Engine Visiable Laser Diode 650nm 10 25 C Laser Type Scan rate 100 scan sec Scan Distance 50mm 350mm Built in Rechargeable Li Polymer battery Main Battery 3 7V 1100mAH and charge via USB port Wireless Communication 2 4 Ghz Bluetooth Class I LED indicator 3 color LED red green blue Dimension 890 x40 W x 17 5 H mm Enter 6 End ANTA Introduction Model NO ES321 Wireless Series Power Consumption 90mA Laser 60mA Certification FCC CE RoHS approved VCCI Telec 2 3 Package Information The contents of the package may vary depending on your order While some primary devices avail the users of their fundamental functionality some optional items are also available for your purchase to maximize efficiency of our product Inside the package of ES321 contain the following items 5321 Barcode Scanner Barcode Scanner Neck Strap USB Cable Solution CD USB Power Supply Optional Inside the package of ES321D contain the following items ES321 Barcode Scanner Barcode Scanner Neck
252. ooth devices in Bluetooth Mode Good Read Indicator indicates whether the barcode is successfully decoded Green LED shows a successful decoding attempt amp Mode Indicator indicates the current operation mode Blue LED stands for Bluetooth mode green LED for Cable mode and orange LED for Memory mode Power Indicator indicates the charge status When the battery is running low red LED light will be on to show a poor charge level Once the charging process is completed red LED will flash slowly to show a full battery charge Strap Hole Secure the interface cable into USB Host in an attempt to transmit data or to charge the battery Replace the battery in the Battery Compartment Enter 9 End 2 6 Introduction Manual Layout Chapter 1 Important Notices enumerates the list of rules and regulations which CM2D 600 conforms to as a qualified product Chapter 2 Introduction provides Product Specification Product Information Product Overview and Manual Page Layout Chapter 3 Knowing your Scanner introduces Configuration Flowchart LED Beeper Indication and some basic operations with trigger buttons Chapter 4 Quick Start provides quick references to have you familiar with ES321 within a short time frame Chapter 5 Establish a Bluetooth Connection provides instructions on how to pair ES321 with different sorts of Bluetooth devices Chapter 6 Editing General Setting provides related setup barcodes f
253. or configuring general settings Chapter 7 Setting up your Operation Modes provides related setup barcodes for configuring three operation modes Chapter 8 Configuring Symbology provides related setup barcodes for symbology configurations Appendix provides Decimal Hexadecimal Table and ASCII Code Table for setting up special setup barcodes Appendix B provides sample barcodes which you can use for testing Enter 10 End ATA Introduction 217 Page Layout OQ chapter Number A Chapter Title Setting up your Operation Modes Section Title 7 3 Memory Mode Scanner Options A selection of scanner options from setting button functions to adjusting the buzzer volume and vibrator is offered to personalize the device to suit your usage habits exer Scan Mode refers to how the scanner reacts to the scanned barcode If Good Read On is activated LED light will stay on when Scan button is pressed down and turn off when Scan button is released or a barcode is decoded However with Good Read Off settings LED will remain lit for a specified period of time after Scan button is pressed In this case LED will turn off only when the barcode is Subsection Title successfully decoded or the timeout period expires Please scan the appropriate label to determine your preferred scan mode GoodReadOn 88080 GoodReadOff 88081 7 3 1 2 Set Good Read Buzzer Frequency Please follow the below steps to specify
254. or not to send out length information of scanned barcode as part of transmitted data If Enabled length info will be prefixed to decoded barcode Disable C6060 Enable C6061 7 4 3 8 Enable Disable Symbology Name Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit symbology name information which is normally prefixed to decoded barcode as part of transmitted data Disable C6070 Enable C6071 191 Enter End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 3 9 Enable Disable Control Code Info Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit control code info along with the decoded message if the scanned barcode contains the special ASCII code Disable C6100 Enable C6101 7 4 3 10 Enable Disable Delimiter Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to interpose the delimiter parameter between the decoded message and timestamps Disable C6110 Enable C6111 7 4 3 11 Set Timestamps Positioning Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the position of timestamps to the left or the right of decoded message when output data contains timestamp information Scan Before label to position timestamps on the left side of the barcode and read After label to append timestamps to the barcode Before C6120 C6121 After
255. our scanner according to the realistic situation will lead to satisfactory data transmission performance 7 2 1 1 Set Data Transfer Rate for SPP Data transfer rate measured in bits per second refers to speed of digital data travelled among devices Scan the appropriate barcode to specify data transfer rate for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces 7 Bits AA020 8 Bits AA021 7 2 1 2 Set Length of Stop Bit for SPP Stop bit follows after the end of data in transit as to signal the end of transmitted data Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the length of stop bit for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces 1 Bit AA030 2 Bits AA031 Enter 95 End AMAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 1 3 Set Parity Check for SPP Parity checking employs parity bits to detect whether an error occurs or not during data transmission Out of six variants scan the appropriate barcode to specify the type of parity bits for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces None AAODO Even AAOD1 Odd AAOD2 Space AAOD3 Mark AAODA 4 Set Communication Protocol for SPP Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the communication protocol for SPP if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces None AA1C
256. own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 13 8 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar E78E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar E7AE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1PosChar barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 13 10 Set Code ID for Code 11 A user defined Code ID functions as an identity for a specific barcode type to be differentiated from others It is especially helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own
257. ppendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to defer transmitting a digit for 0 2 seconds scan 2 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 20 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 170 End ATA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 18 Set Time Delay for a Specified Digit for SPP This parameter refers to the amount of elapsed time to delay transmitting a specified character Please follow the below steps to set time delay for transmitting a specified digit if the associated operations are performed using RS 232 or USB COM interfaces BtHidTxExtTime AFBEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 10ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BtHid TxExtTime barcode to configure delay time for a specified digit for HID Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to defer transmitting a digit for 1 second then scan 1 to assign the specified decimal value 10 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 171 End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 19 Set Timeout for SPP Timeout is initiated whe
258. ppropriate barcode to specify which patterns you prefer to program the device ABCD ABCE DC1A0 abcd abcd DC1A1 ABCD TN E DC1A2 abcd tn e DC1A3 8 10 3 Enable Disable Symmetrical Start Stop Pattern Scan Enable label to decode a Codabar barcode which contains identical start and end characters Enter 256 End ANTA Configuring Symbology Disable DC020 Enable DC021 8 10 4 Transmit Start Stop Characters Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit the start and stop digits as part of output data Disable DC030 Enable DC031 8 10 5 Configure Checksum Type Checksum type determines the checksum algorithm which serves to detect if an error occurs during the decoding process Scan the appropriate barcode to examine whether or not the barcode continas the check digit and to further apply the related error detection mechanism to the scanned data Disable DC180 Enable DC181 8 10 6 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Enable DC071 Enter 257 End NOE Disable DC070 Configuring Symbology 8 10 7 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable DC060 Enable DCO0
259. r HID Set Time Delay for a Record for HID Set Time Delay for a Specified Digit for SPP Set Timeout for SPP Set PIN Code Set Bluetooth Address Set Machine Name Set Bluetooth address for Dongle A302 A303 Set Machine Name for Dongle A302 A303 7 4 2 SCANNER OPTIONS 7 4 2 1 7 4 2 2 7 4 2 3 7 4 2 4 7 4 2 5 7 4 2 6 7 4 2 7 7 4 2 8 7 4 2 9 7 4 2 10 Set Scan Mode Set Output Interface Set Small Trigger Functionality Set Composite Triggers Functionality Enable Disable Battery Charge Set Good Read Buzzer Volume Set Warning Buzzer Volume Set Normal Event Buzzer Volume Enable Disable Good Read Vibrator Enable Disable Warning Vibrator VIII 156 158 158 158 159 159 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 166 167 168 169 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 178 179 179 180 180 180 181 181 182 182 7 4 2 11 7 4 2 12 7 4 2 13 7 4 2 14 7 4 2 15 7 4 2 16 7 4 2 17 7 4 2 18 7 4 2 19 7 4 2 20 7 4 2 21 7 4 3 7 4 3 1 7 4 3 2 7 4 3 3 7 4 3 4 7 4 3 5 7 4 3 6 7 4 3 7 7 4 3 8 7 4 3 9 7 4 3 10 7 4 3 11 7 4 3 12 7 4 3 13 7 4 3 14 7 4 3 15 7 4 3 16 7 4 3 17 7 4 3 18 7 4 3 19 7 4 3 20 7 4 3 21 7 4 3 22 Table of Contents Enable Disable Normal Event Vibrator Enable Disable Good Read Buzzer Enable Disable Warning Buzzer Enable Disable Mode Buzzer Set Pairing Timeout Set Good Read Buzzer Frequency Set Good Read Buzzer Duration Set G
260. r case and lower case according to the setting Scan the appropriate the label to specify the type of case conversion None C0380 Inverse C0381 Lower C0382 MAE C0383 Upper 152 Enter End NO Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 2 17 Set Delimiter Between Date Time Stamps and Barcode Data Delimiter refers to a specified character or a set of characters used to divide lengthy transit data into a group of data By associating the parameter with the valid value the specified delimiter will be interposed between timestamps and the decoded message to have transmitted data better formatted However to make sure this parameter functions properly please refer to Section 7 3 2 10 to enable the relevant delimiter parameter as well DelimiterChar 2 Length 1 digit Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan DelimiterChar barcode to configure the delimiter Please refer to ASCII Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be 1 66 99 character in length For instance to use character to break down the output string scan 3 first and then B to assign the specified hexadecimal value 3B Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 3 2 1
261. ration Enter 276 End AMAT TA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 13 Code 11 8 13 1 Enable Disable Code 11 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable Code 11 Disable E6000 Enable E6001 8 13 2 Configure Checksum Type Checksum type determines the checksum algorithm which serves to detect if an error occurs during the decoding process Scan the appropriate barcode to examine whether or not the barcode continas the check digit and to further apply the related error detection mechanism to the scanned data By default two check digits contained in Code 11 symbol will be used to enchance decoding accurency if the length of decoded message is great than 10 digits As an option you might either scan One barcode to have only one check character for error detection for the barcodes of which the length is less than 10 digits or read Disable label to skip the process Disable E6180 One E6181 Two E6182 8 13 3 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether to transmit the check digit Enter 277 End NOE Configuring Symbology Disable E6070 Enable E6071 8 13 4 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether of not to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable E6060 Enable E6061 Set Minimum Maximum
262. rcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd E55E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every Code 93 symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 274 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 12 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 12 9 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos E56E0 InstPos 85700 Length 1 digit Range 0
263. rder to comply with RoHS directive This involves the process of converting the non compliant components for instance electronics Pc Boards etc of our products into the compliant ones We also improve the assembly processes to ensure the full compliance with RoHS directive The measures that we take in conformity with RoHS directive would never cause any change in the product appearance nor do they decrease functionality of the product Most importantly our product still provides reliable and excellent product performance as we promise 1 5 Safety Precaution W Do not stare directly at light beams W Do not directly touch the scanner window for reading performance might decrease if the window is dirty or scratched Do not disassemble or modify the internal components from the scanner Do not expose the scanner to any flammable source Do not overcharge the battery Lithium lon polymer Battery The Lithium ion polymer battery energy density is less than 400 Wh L Therefore PSE certification does not require in this product Enter 3 End Important Notices 1 The first initial charge will take up four hours to fully charge your battery Battery Life time Memory Mode Approximately 18000 scans 5 sec per scan Bluetooth Mode Approximately 15000 scans 5 sec per scan Do not assemble or disassemble the battery without technical support Do not use unspecified power adaptor to charge the battery
264. red string which has to be at most 12 characters in length For instance to place the employee name Mark in the header section scan 4 D 6 1 7 2 6 followed by B to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4D61726B 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 6 2 27 Set Footer Information Footer information refers to additional messages which are appended to data output while the scanned barcodes are sent out in Memory mode This special parameter allows you to customize your own custom footer to add clarity of transmitted data Footer A60E6 Length 12 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Footer barcode to configure the length of the timeout session 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 12 characters in length For instance to place the employee name Mark in the footer section scan 4 D 6 1 7 2 6 followed by B to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4D61726B 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 87 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Editing General Settings 6 3 Scanner Commands To perform certain special tasks you sometimes will use Command
265. remove first three digits out of every RSS Exapanded Stacked symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 21 7 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of RSS Exapanded Stacked barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd F75E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every RSS Exapanded Stacked symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 326 End NOE Configuring Symbology 8 21 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos para
266. ring Symbology None D0190 Addon 2 0191 D Addon 5 D0192 Addon 2 5 D0193 8 2 4 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to to determine whether to transmit the check digit Disable D0070 Enable D0071 8 2 5 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan Enable label to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable D0060 Enable D0061 Enter 202 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 2 6 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of UPC A barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead D14EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every UPC A symbol then scan 3 to assign t
267. rocess of transmitting data Preamble Code normally precedes both Prefix Code and barcode data as a user defined string to format the output data Although Preamble Code and Prefix Code work similarly to structure the transmitted message functionality they individually intend to perform differs Basically Preamble Code is designed to arrange a layout using line terminators such as carriage return line fee line separator paragraph separator and so on Therefore it is suggested to associate this configurable parameter with equivalent ASCII code value for line terminators whenever you possibly use preamble code in the hope of organizing the transmitted message Please follow the below steps to configure Preamble Code PreambleChar C6CE3 Length 2 digits Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan PreambleChar barcode to configure Preamble Code Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set preamble code to be lt CR gt lt LF gt scan 0 D 0 and then A to assign the specified hexadecimal value 0DOA Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 4 3 20 Set Postamble Code In the process of transmitting data Postamble Code is appended to both
268. rom the start of EAN 13 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead D54E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every EAN 13 symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 216 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 4 8 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of EAN 13 barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd D55E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255
269. s Disable ECO60 Enable ECO61 Enter 298 End AAA Configuring Symbology 8 16 6 Set Minimun Maximum Code Length MinLength and MaxLength parameters are used to define the minimux and maximum code length for Telepen symbolgoy which enables to personalize the resulting decoded barcodes by beforehand filtering out the barcodes which fall out of range However depending on the value associated with two configurable parameters the interaction between the minimum and the maximum directly determines how the scanned data will be treated Plesase refer to the below chart for more detailed information Condition Descriptions MaxLength gt MinLength gt 0 The barcode of which the length has to fall within the range from MinLength to MaxLength will be decoded MinLength gt 0 and MaxLength is The barcode will be decoded only when its length is no less undefined than MinLength MaxLength gt 0 and MinLength is The length of the decoded barcode has to be no more than undefined MaxLength MinLength Max Length gt 0 The barcode with the fixed length of MinLength or MaxLength will be decoded MinLength gt MaxLength gt 0 The barcode will be decoded on the condition that its length is equal to either MinLength or MaxLength MinLength lt 0 MaxLength lt 0 code length limit is enforced MinLength ED2EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 MaxLength ED3EO Length 1 digi
270. s undefined than MinLength MaxLength gt 0 and MinLength is The length of the decoded barcode has to be no more than undefined MaxLength MinLength Max Length gt 0 The barcode with the fixed length of MinLength or MaxLength will be decoded MinLength MaxLength 0 The barcode will be decoded on the condition that its length is equal to either MinLength or MaxLength MinLength lt 0 and MaxLength lt 0 code length limit is enforced Enter 265 End AMAA Configuring Symbology MinLength DB2EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 MaxLength DB3EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan MinLength barcode to set the minimum code length if necessary Otherwise skip Steps 2 4 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set its code length to be 2 scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan MaxLength barcode and then repeat Steps 3 4 to set the maximum code length if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 11 8 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you in
271. s parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 9 10 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos E36E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Ins1Pos E37E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 Enter 253 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 9 9 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom mess
272. se follow the below steps to specify buzzer duration when a barcode is decoded successfully BzGoodRdTime BF9EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 10ms Enter 142 End UAM AMAA Setting up your Operation Modes Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BzGoodRdTime barcode to configure Good Read buzzer duration Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of to 255 For instance to set Good Read buzzer duration for 0 2 seconds scan 2 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 20 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 7 3 1 21 Set Good Read Vibrator Duration Please follow the below steps to specify the length of time the device stays in a state of vibration when a barcode is decoded successfully ViberatorGoodRdTime BFAEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 10ms Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 3 Scan ViberatorGoodRdTime barcode to configure Good Read Vibrator duration Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set Good Read buzzer duration for 0 2 seconds scan 2 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 20 Sc
273. sh a Bluetooth Connection 3 4 Invoke the utility program located in Product CD z gt e a a a a a 3 5 Select Sync Property In ComPort 3 6 Select Sync Link to link the scanner pop up dialogue box configure with the utility program Once the link is ComPort properly according to the successfully established Link Property virtual COM port created in Step 3 and options in Sync menu will be greyed out leave Baud rate with its default In the and the status bar will show associated example configure it with COMA information Sync Communication Help ag VIS 3 7 Before configuring your scanner you 3 8 As a Save as dialogue box pops up need to upload the scanner status first to specify the file name and click Save ensure the current setting will not be button overwritten In doing so Select Communication Upload U Parm File Savein Bluetooth Setting 6 ff ez Name Date modified Type amp 1000 dat 2014 3 17 F 04 DAT File Recent Places 3omp aat 2014 3 13 F Ol DAT File 0317 9 2014 27 T4704 DAT File D REN _ Bluetooth Setting dat 2011 10 7 F 05 DAT File un Desktop _ Masster dat 2014 3 20 09 DAT File Untitled dat 2014 3 19 F 05 DAT File Libraries Computer Network 40 Enter End HAUTE
274. successful attempt ENTER S ENTR V ISP ZISP Invoke the utility program located in Product CD 1 3 Goto Control Panel Device Manager The created virtual COM port would be found in Ports COM amp LPT group In the example COMG is used as the virtual COM port mese ge File Action View Help 4 e 0115118 m o D es We Display adapters ca IDE ATA ATAPI controllers Z Imaging devices Keyboards 4 Mice and other pointing devices ve Em seuser Mode Des mweco 7 ChgTye Sow sumos Dlechariesc 510 7 FooterSerhuSw Cm cwr mc 51 7 HesduDate n Mec su FooterDateSw EbxChar asci 502 1 HeaderTmesw 02 4 FooterTmeSw DeteConCher 4 HeaderecCnt5w TmeConOer J FooterfecCntSw Seto Time 10 115200 Unlink End 1 5 Establish a Bluetooth Connection Select Sync Property In ComPort pop up dialogue box configure ComPort properly according to the virtual COM port created in Step 3 and leave Baud rate with its default In the example configure it with COMA F 115200 1 7 Dc wl 1 9 Enter Sync Communication Help Before configuring your scanner you need to upload the scanner status first to
275. t Range 0 255 Enter 299 End ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan MinLength barcode to set the minimum code length if necessary Otherwise skip Steps 2 4 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set its code length to be 2 scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan MaxLength barcode and then repeat Steps 3 4 to set the maximum code length if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 16 7 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of Telepen barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead EDAEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to
276. t Configuration mode ABORT barcode Read Abort label to terminate the current configuration session and MERIT esi Configuration mode Read Default label to restore your scanner back to the default MEAN ana then exit Configuration mode VERSION barcode ll Il 11 Ill Read Version label to retrieve Firmware information ISP barcode M Ill Il Read ISP label to attempt a firmware update Enter 15 End ANTA Knowing your Scanner 3 2 LED amp Beeper indications LED and Beeper signals both serve to deliver visual or acoustic messages regarding the status of the ongoing operation Either color changes or sound pitches and melodies will suffice to indicate a scan result as advance notification Please refer to the below chart to use LED and Beeper indications for your benefit while working on the device Functions Beeper Sequence LED indication Power on the scanner Successfully decode a barcode Green LED flashes once Successfully scan a regular setup barcode Successfully scan a special setup barcode Successful enter configuration mode Successfully enter firmware update process Complete scanner configuration Switch to data transmission mode Successful attempt to transmit all the data Charging Attempt Unknown Failure Timeout for configuration mode Enter TEE TM T high low tone High low high low notes A set of five ascending notes After
277. t to achieve the attempt However in addition to the two options mentioned earlier there are one more alternatives for you to choose from as well Scan Alt Keyoad label to determine the letter case of typed alphabets by keystroke combinations of Alt ASCII code regardless of the status of Caps Lock key ABCdef ABCdef Enter 166 End ATA Setting up your Operation Modes Locks Status Scanner Options Caps Lock On Caps Lock Off Caps Lock On ABCdef abcDEF Caps Lock Off abcDEF ABCdef Alt Keypad ABCdef ABCdef Caps Lock Off AFOA1 Caps Lock On AFOA2 Alt Keypad AFOA3 7 4 1 13 Enable Disable Num Lock for HID Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Num Lock if the associated operations are performed using USB HID interface When AlphaPad is enabled regardless of the status of Num Lock key on your keyboard the numeric symbols contained in the barcode data will be genuinely interpreted On the other hand scan Num Lock label to substitute arrow keys and Del PgUp PgDown keys for corresponding numeric keys to have effects on the decoded message when Num Lock is turned off AlphaPad AF060 NumPad AF061 167 Enter End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 4 1 14 Set IMEs for HID IME is a program which allows users to input different sets
278. tend to remove forwards from the start of Codabar barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunLead DBAEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 266 End NOE Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every Code 128 symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 11 9 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of Codabar barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd DB5EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter
279. ter 264 End AMAA Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ConChar barcode to set application identifier separator for UCC 128 GS 1 128 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string 0 which has to be 1 character in length For instance to use to break down a Code 128 symbol into several units scan 2 first and then D to assign the specified hexadecimal value 2D 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 11 7 Set Minimum Maximum Code Length MinLength and MaxLength parameters are used to define the minimux and maximum code length for Code 128 symbolgoy which enables to personalize the resulting decoded barcodes by beforehand filtering out the barcodes which fall out of range However depending on the value associated with two configurable parameters the interaction between the minimum and the maximum directly determines how the scanned data will be treated Plesase refer to the below chart for more detailed information Condition Descriptions MaxLength MinLength 0 The barcode of which the length has to fall within the range from MinLength to MaxLength will be decoded MinLength gt 0 and MaxLength is The barcode will be decoded only when its length is no les
280. ters which appends to both barcode data and Suffix Code during data transmission Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Postamble Code Disable BAO10 Enable BAO11 Enter 124 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 3 3 Enable Disable Prefix Code Prefix Code is a sequence of characters interposed between Preamble Code and barcode data during data transmission Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Prefix Code Disable BAO20 Enable BAO21 7 2 3 4 Enable Disable Suffix Code Suffix Code is a sequence of characters interposed between barcode data and Postamble Code during data transmission Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Suffix Code Disable BA030 Enable 1 7 2 3 5 Enable Disable Code ID Code ID a user defined identification characters for symbologies normally precedes Barcode Data field during data transmission when the associated parameter is enabled Scan the appropriate barcode to enable or disable Code ID Disable BAO40 Enable BA041 Enter 125 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 3 6 Set Position of Code Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the position of Code ID you prefer to display as a part of transmitted data Scan Before label to prefix Code ID to barcode data whereas read After label to append Code ID to b
281. th 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 240 End NOE Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every Interleaved 2 of 5 symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 7 8 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 7 10 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that InsOPos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos DF6EO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Ins1Pos DF7EO Length 1 digit Range 0 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode
282. th 2 digits 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 ScanID barcode to tailor Code ID for RSS Expanded Stacked to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be 25 scan 3 2 3 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 3235 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 328 End Appendix Appendix Decimal Hexadecimal Table 0 9600 s 6 06 T MAII 7 07 2 02 MAI D 8 9608 3 9603 ur 9 9609 4 9604 MAI M A 960A 5 9605 Validate your configurations SET OK Enter 329 End ANTA Appendix A ASCII Code Table H 0 16 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 L 0 Null NUL DLE SP 0 P p 1 Up F1 SOH DC1 1 A Q a q 2 Down F2 STX DC2 2 B R b r 3 Left F3 ETX DC3 3 S C S 4 Right F4 EOT DC4 4 D T d t 5 PgUp F5 ENQ NAK 5 E U e u 6 PgDn F6 ACK SYN amp 6 F V f 7 7 BEL ETB 7 G W g w 8 Bs F8 BS CAN 8 H X h X 9 Tab F9 HT EM 9 I Y i y A F10 LF SUM J 7 Z B Home Esc VT ESC K k C End F11 FF FS lt L l Enter 12 CR GS M m Insert Ctrl SO RS gt N n n F Delete Alt SI US H o D
283. th Connection 1 5 Select Sync Property In ComPort pop up dialogue box configure ComPort properly according to the virtual COM port created in Step 3 and leave Baud rate with its default In the example 1 6 Select Sync Link to link the scanner with the utility program Once the link is successfully established Link Property options in Sync menu will be greyed out and the status bar will show associated configure it with COMA information ComPort l File Sync Communication Help G D Properties Link Offlink ComPort COM4 OutBt iem 8 OutBtStr J SysVibrator T OutBtStr1 Iv Baud rate c V HeaderStrSw DcPlugStt V FooterStrSw sy HeaderSerNumSw DleChar ae mda 1 7 Before configuring your scanner you 1 8 As a Save as dialogue box pops up need to upload the scanner status first to specify the file name and click Save ensure the current setting will not be button overwritten doing so Select Communication Upload U Parm File Barcode Scanner Seting Iz Save in Sync Help e B eon sers D c E Download B Parm File A Name Date modified Type Download U Parm File 000 dat 2014 3 17 FE 04 DAT File Setupstr Mode StdMemBt
284. the buzzer frequency when a barcode is decoded successfully BzGoodRdFreq B9SED MULA Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 100Hz 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan BzGoodRdFreq barcode to configure Good Read buzzer frequency 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal values barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set Good Read buzzer frequency to 10000 Hz scan 1 0 and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 7100 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration uU End Page Number Enter 11 End Introduction Function Title framed with the oval shape in deep sky blue generally gives the brief description regarding the relevant functions However it might also work to define regular setup barcodes which are scattered from Chapter 6 to Chapter 8 Configuring this type of barcode normally requires simply one time scan to either turn on off its functionality or to specify a predefined value which is rather straightforward Function Title framed with the oval shape in dark blue is to define special setup barcodes Configuring special setup barcode usually demands more than one scan to complete relevant configurations Based on Code 39 the list of setup barcodes throughout the manual will be structured as shown in below figures For regu
285. the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 225 End AAA Configuring Symbology 8 5 10 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 5 9 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar D78E3 AL LA sea GEB Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hex
286. the type of Add on code To have the selected type take effect please do enable Add on code parameter in Section 8 2 2 at same time Furthermore you may refer to Section 6 2 22 in Chapter 6 to further configure the length of time for decoding Add on codes Enter 207 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology None D2190 Addon 2 2191 D Addon 5 D2192 Addon 2 5 D2193 8 3 4 Convert UPC E to UPC A Enable this feature to convert 8 digit UPC E code into 13 digit UPC A barcodes by following encoding rules to supplement zeros characters Disable D2020 Enable D2021 8 3 5 Transmit Check Digit Scan the appropriate barcode to to determine whether to transmit the check digit Disable D2070 Enable D2071 Enter 208 End ANTA Configuring Symbology 8 3 6 Truncate Leading Zeros Scan Enable label to shrink the barcode message by getting rid of leading zeros Disable D2060 Enable D2061 8 3 7 Remove Leading Characters Truncate Lead parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove forwards from the start of UPC E barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below proced
287. thout releasing Small Trigger Then releasing Scan button and Small trigger at the same time will initiate the pairing process Scanning Programming Barcodes gt Scan the below barcode ENTER S ENTR AMEN Ti Enter 70 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Establish a Bluetooth Connection ef CAProgram Files X85 Notepads S bin minimalisi Record Launch the existing text editing application to Rican a RR UNS ABW x 4 ARICA a 881 receive barcode data 1 WELCOME TO CANMAX 115 2 4902506322456 3 6070702219905 4 3242212156 63 5 3449872156 0882 Enter 71 End Editing General Settings QW General Configuration This chapter will provide setup barcodes regarding the general settings and elaborate how these configurations are going to take effect in terms of the scanner operation Enter 72 End ATA Editing General Settings 6 1 Host Interface 6 1 1 Restore the Setting Scan the below barcode to restore the device back to the default settings but to leave interface related configurations unchanged Default ZADE 6 1 2 Restore the Symbology Setting Scan the below barcode to restore the symbologies to the default settings Barcode Default ZDEF 6 1 3 Retrieve Firmware Information Scan the below barcode to retrieve firmware information including engine version f
288. tion of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified deciaml value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 3 10 Set Message Content to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 3 9 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsO0Pos refers to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar D38E3 amata GEHE e LI Length 2 digits 211 Enter End NO Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Ins0PosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its content to be scan 4 1 4 and then 2 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4142 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable bi
289. tion which is normally prefixed to decoded barcode as part of transmitted data Disable C0070 Enable C0071 149 Enter End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 2 9 Enable Disable Control Code Info Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit control code info along with the decoded message if the scanned barcode contains the special ASCII code Disable C0100 Enable C0101 7 3 2 10 Enable Disable Delimiter Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to interpose the delimiter parameter between the decoded message and timestamps Disable C0110 Enable C0111 7 3 2 11 Set Timestamps Positioning Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the position of timestamps to the left or the right of decoded message when output data contains timestamp information Scan Before label to position timestamps on the left side of the barcode and read After label to append timestamps to the barcode Before C0120 After C0121 150 Enter End ANTA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 3 2 12 Enable Disable Date Information Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit date information along with the decoded message Disable C0130 Enable C0131 7 3 2 13 Enable
290. to complete the configuration TrunEnd D75E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every EAN 8 symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 224 End ATA Configuring Symbology 8 5 9 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info Ins0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 5 10 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that Ins0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos 076 0 InstPos LUE NM Length 1 digit Range 0 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify
291. to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first position of the barcode scan 0 to assign the specified decimal value 0 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan Ins1Pos barcode first and then repeat Step 3 4 to complete the similar configuration if necessary 6 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 241 End Configuring Symbology 8 7 9 Set Content Message to Insert Ins0PosChar and Ins1PosChar parameters allow you to define your own custom message used to organize scanned data in a better format With reference to the parameter value which you associate with the set of parameters in Section 8 7 9 the custom info will be accordingly inserted in the specific postion That is InsOPos refers to the position where Ins0 PosChar will be inserted whereas Ins1PosChar will be added in the position of Ins1Pos InsOPosChar DF8E3 Length 2 digits Ins1PosChar DFAE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsO0PosChar barcode to specify the message content 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexade
292. uetooth Dongle A 302 4 4 1 Pair with Bluetooth Dongle A 302 1 Make sure the Bluetooth dongle is well secured into the USB port of the Host PC 2 Scan ENTER barcode 3 Scan To BT Mode barcode to enter Bluetooth mode To BT Mode ZTOB 4 Press down either Scan Button or Small Trigger to establish Bluetooth connection A solid Blue LED indicates a successful attempt 5 Open the referred word processing software to receive the scanned barcode data Enter 24 End AMAA 4 Quick Start 4 4 2 Disable Pairing Function Once a Bluetooth connection is established Disable the pairing function after scanning Enter barcode to avoid the incident of mistakenly repeating the pairing process Disable C4280 Pair C4281 4 4 3 Type of Bluetooth Connection The type of Bluetooth connection varies according to the Bluetooth device you attempt to pair the scanner with Whenever you need to establish a Bluetooth connection specify this information out of six alternatives provided SPP Slave C41D1 SPP Master C41D2 HID C41D3 ios C41D4 A303 C41D5 A302 C41D6 Enter 25 End Establish a Bluetooth Connection Establish a Bluetooth Connection ES321 fetures handy scanner operations via Bluetooth technoglogy b
293. uetooth devices In case that you possibly adopt a different approach to establish a Bluetooth connection for whatever reasons the step by step instruction is still provided so that you are able to make ES321 work with Bluetooth dongle A303 again Work with Dongle A302 for the First Time Use step Secure the Bluetooth dongle A303 into Host PC step step Scan the sequence of barcodes listed below to Press down either Scan Button or Small Trigger switch the scanner to Bluetooth operation to recover Bluetooth connection solid blue mode LED indicates a successful attempt ENTER S ENTR AME V To BT Mode ZTOB Enter 65 End NO Establish a Bluetooth Connection How to Re Configure your Scanner to Work with Dongle A302 step Configure your scanner either using the utility program or scanning programming barcodes Select utility program to set up scanner when you expect to reduce the mistakes caused by incautious manual operation on barcode sequences As a substitute scanning programming barcodes alternatively provides a more efficient and straightforward method for programming your device compared to the complicated approach of using utility program Scanning Programming Barcodes ENTER S ENTR 1 1 Configure OutputInterface of the M I scanner to be A302 by scanning the sequence of barcodes as the illustration on A302 4106 oa MN AIR END ZEND 1 2
294. undefined MaxLength gt 0 and MinLength is undefined MinLength Max Length gt 0 MinLength gt MaxLength gt 0 MinLength lt 0 and MaxLength lt 0 Enter Descriptions The barcode of which the length has to fall within the range from MinLength to MaxLength will be decoded The barcode will be decoded only when its length is no less than MinLength The length of the decoded barcode has to be no more than MaxLength The barcode with the fixed length of MinLength or MaxLength will be decoded The barcode will be decoded on the condition that its length is equal to either MinLength or MaxLength No code length limit is enforced End ANTA Configuring Symbology MinLength E52E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 MaxLength E53E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan MinLength barcode to set the minimum code length if necessary Otherwise skip Steps 2 4 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set its code length to be 2 scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan MaxLength barcode and then repeat Steps 3 4 to set the maximum code length
295. uration Please follow the below steps to specify the length of time the device stays in a state of vibration when a barcode is decoded successfully ViberatorGoodRdTime B9AEO Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Unit 10ms Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ViberatorGoodRdTime barcode to configure Good Read Vibrator duration 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to set Good Read buzzer duration for 0 2 seconds scan 2 first and then 0 to assign the specified decimal value 20 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 120 End AAA Setting up your Operation Modes 7 2 2 18 Set Activation Duration In general after Scan Button is pressed down LED light will emit a stream of light for a scan attempt This parameter is thus used to specify activation duration which indicates the amount of time LED light will stays on after Scan Button is held BarScanTime B9DEO Length 1 digit Range 5 255 Unit 1000ms Procedure Scan Enter barcode Scan BarScanTime barcode to configure activation duration Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired value in the
296. ure to complete the configuration TrunLead D34E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunLead barcode to specify the number of characters to delete forwards from the start of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove first three digits out of every UPC E symbol then scan 3 to assign the specified decimal value 3 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 209 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology 8 3 8 Remove Trailing Characters TrunEnd parameter allows you to specify the number of characters which you intend to remove backwards from the end of UPC E barcode In doing so you are able to format the decoded message beforehand by taking out the necessary barcode parts and preserve the desired segments for your benefit Follow the below procedure to complete the configuration TrunEnd D35E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan TrunEnd barcode to specify the number of characters to delete backwards from the end of the decoded data 3 Please refer to Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendi
297. vice will switch back to the previous operation mode and Cable mode becomes unavailable Conversely if you wish the operation mode would remain the same or demand full availability of three operation modes no matter whether the cable is plugged in or not then scan Disable label to achieve the attempt Disable A4320 StdMode A4321 GUT p ND AN IATA Editing General Settings 6 2 6 Enable Disable Buzzer The warning buzzer emits a sound when a warning occurrs Scan the appropriate barcode to disable or enable the buzzer Disable A4540 Enable A4541 6 2 7 Set the Warning Buzzer Volume Scan the appropriate barcode to specify the volume of the warning buzzer The higher level indicates the louder sound Level1 A4580 WEE Level2 A4581 TET ITI Level3 A4582 TET ITI Level4 A4583 6 2 8 Enable Disable Vibrator Vibrator functions as the warning buzzer yet sends a warning signal by vibration Scan the appropriate barcode to disable or enable the warning vibrator Disable A4550 Enable A4551 Enter 77 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Editing General Settings 6 2 9 Enable Disable Vibrator for Confgiruration Mode This special vibrator will send a vibration signal as a warning indicator
298. x to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to remove the last two digits out of every UPC E symbol then scan 2 to assign the specified decimal value 2 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration 8 3 9 Set Position for Inserting Custom Info InsO0Pos and Ins1Pos parameters allow you to specify the specific position within a barcode to insert your own custom message as to better format barcode data However to have the mentioned feture take effect the group of parameters in this section necessarily pairs up with that in Section 8 2 10 which further demonstrates how to define what contains in inserted infroamtion Please be advised that InsO0Pos has to work with Ins0PosChar and Ins1Pos with Ins1PosChar InsOPos D36E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 ll Ins1Pos D37E0 Length 1 digit Range 0 255 Enter 210 End AMAT TCA A ANTI A Configuring Symbology Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan InsOPos barcode to specify the position where you intend to add extra message 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan decimal value barcodes representing the desired number in the range of 0 to 255 For instance to insert the custom info at the first posi
299. y helpful while you are dealing with more than one type of barcodes at the same time Scan the barcode below to customize your own Code ID for Telepen EDCE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan ID barcode to tailor Code ID for Telepen to your needs if necessary 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be Om scan 4 F 6 and then D to assign the specified hexadecimal value AF6D 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 303 End NOE Configuring Symbology 8 17 GS1 Databar Omnidirectional RSS 14 8 17 1 RSS 14 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable RSS 14 Disable Enable EEOO1 8 17 2 Transmit Application ID Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit Application ID 01 Disable 40 Enable EEO41 8 17 3 Transmit Symbology ID Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to transmit Symbolgoy ID e0 Disable EE050 Enable EEO51 8 17 4 Transmit Check Digit
300. y offering great flexibility in the Bluetooth connection types which enables you to connect your scanner with assorted wilreless Bluetooth devices This chapter is thus to provide explanatory instructions on how to establish a Bluetooth connection between ES321 with other Bluetooth devices Enter 26 End ANIC A Establish a Bluetooth Connection 5 1 Bluetooth Connection Reference Chart Before you gear up for a Bluetooth connection it is significant to figure out the type of wireless Bluetooth devices which the scanner is connected with since the associated procedures considerably vary with the device types The below reference chart as a precaution shows the relation between available connection modes and their individual potential users to ensure a good start for a successful Bluetooth connection Connection Mode Potential Users Slave Those who intend to connect the scanner with third party or built in dongles and receive data via a terminal application For Slave connection mode the scanner remains inactive and waits for connection request Master Those who intend to connect the scanner with third party or built in dongles and receive data via a terminal application For Master connection mode the scanner will take an active role in the pairing process meaning it will actively search for available Bluetooth devices to establish a Bluetooth connection HID Those who intend to connect th
301. ymbologies to verify whether or not its exclusive feature is enabled In the case of Code 128 to specify the barcode format to be either UCC 128 or GS 128 is prerequisite for the configurable Sub Code ID to be present as part of transmitted data Please refer to Section 8 11 2 for the related configuration to make Sub Code ID take effect Sub ID DBEE3 Length 2 digits Procedure 1 Scan Enter barcode 2 Scan Sub ID barcode to tailor Sub Code ID for Code 128 to your needs 3 Please refer to ASCII Code Table and Decimal Hexadecimal Table in the appendix to scan hexadecimal value barcodes representing the desired string which has to be at most 2 characters in length For instance to set its Code ID to be Au scan 4 1 7 and then 5 to assign the specified hexadecimal value 4175 4 Scan SET barcode to complete the variable binding operation 5 Scan End barcode to complete the configuration Enter 270 End ANTA Configuring Symbology 8 12 Code 93 8 12 1 Enable Disable Code 93 Scan the appropriate barcode to determine whether or not to enable Code 93 Disable E4000 Enable 001 E4 8 12 2 Configure Checksum Type Checksum type determines the checksum algorithm which serves to detect if an error occurs during the decoding process Scan the appropriate barcode to examine whether or not the barcode continas the c
302. ystem devices Universal Serial Bus controllers 1 5 Select Sync Property In ComPort pop up dialogue box configure ComPort properly according to the virtual COM port created in Step 3 and leave Baud rate with its default In the example configure it with COM4 ComPort COM4 X Baud rate CANCEL 59 End Establish a Bluetooth Connection 1 6 Select Sync Link to link the scanner with the utility program Once the link is successfully established Link Property options in Sync menu will be greyed out and the status bar will show associated information Before configuring your scanner you need to upload the scanner status first to ensure the current setting will not be Select overwritten In doing so Communication gt Upload U Parm File Syne icanner Setting Help 1 9 Download B Parm File Download U Parm File Download Kernel File Upload B Parm File Upload U Parm File Upload Kernel File Get RTC Set RTC After the upload process is done a message box will appear to indicate whether the operation is done successfully Enter Properties Link Offlink 1 8 As a Save as dialogue box pops up specify the file name and click Save button Sevein Bluetooth Setting Ph Date modified Type ex 1000 dat 2014 3 17 F 04 DAT File Recent Places o310 dat 2014 3 13 F 01

ES321 User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents